+

WO2008135646A1 - Novel alkyl glycoside-based compositions, preparation method thereof and use of same as surfactants - Google Patents

Novel alkyl glycoside-based compositions, preparation method thereof and use of same as surfactants Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008135646A1
WO2008135646A1 PCT/FR2008/000315 FR2008000315W WO2008135646A1 WO 2008135646 A1 WO2008135646 A1 WO 2008135646A1 FR 2008000315 W FR2008000315 W FR 2008000315W WO 2008135646 A1 WO2008135646 A1 WO 2008135646A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
weight
composition
formula
radical
equal
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/FR2008/000315
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Sinisa Marinkovic
Boris Estrine
Original Assignee
Agro Industrie Recherches Et Developpements
Ernenwein, Cédric
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Agro Industrie Recherches Et Developpements, Ernenwein, Cédric filed Critical Agro Industrie Recherches Et Developpements
Priority to EP08787775A priority Critical patent/EP2139594A1/en
Publication of WO2008135646A1 publication Critical patent/WO2008135646A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/18Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition
    • A61K8/30Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by the composition containing organic compounds
    • A61K8/60Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K8/604Alkylpolyglycosides; Derivatives thereof, e.g. esters
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K23/00Use of substances as emulsifying, wetting, dispersing, or foam-producing agents
    • C09K23/017Mixtures of compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/66Non-ionic compounds
    • C11D1/835Mixtures of non-ionic with cationic compounds
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin
    • A61Q19/04Preparations for care of the skin for chemically tanning the skin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin
    • A61Q19/10Washing or bathing preparations
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q5/00Preparations for care of the hair
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/38Cationic compounds
    • C11D1/46Esters of carboxylic acids with amino alcohols; Esters of amino carboxylic acids with alcohols
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D1/00Detergent compositions based essentially on surface-active compounds; Use of these compounds as a detergent
    • C11D1/66Non-ionic compounds
    • C11D1/662Carbohydrates or derivatives

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a novel family of compositions based on alkyl glycosides and alcoholic esters of amino acids, peptides or proteins.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to an advantageous mode of preparation of these compositions.
  • compositions as surface-active agents, in particular in the fields of detergency, agrochemistry and cosmetics.
  • Alkyl glycosides or polyglycosides are well known nonionic surfactant compounds (J.A.C.S. 60, 2076, 1938; US 6156543; US 5688930). They can be used alone or in combination with other surfactants in a wide range of industrial applications. The properties sought by users depend essentially on the application sectors.
  • alkyl glycosides are used as surfactants in the formulation of detergents, cosmetics or agrochemical formulations.
  • Detergent is an important sector of use of alkyl glycosides. This use is motivated inter alia by the search for a high surfactant power, by the generation of large foam volumes, by the search for solubilization properties of non-water-soluble compounds and by a favorable ecotoxicity and biodegradability.
  • Alkyl glycosides are especially used as an emulsifier in the manufacture of emulsions, mini-emulsions or microemulsions with an aqueous or oily continuous phase (US 6087403, US 6596779, WO 2005110588, WO 2005121294).
  • Emulsions are known and widely used in industry either as materials to be consumed or to be applied to surfaces as non-water soluble agents.
  • emulsions in cosmetics (milks, creams, ointments), in cooking (sauces, creams), in galenics (ointments, creams), in paint (paint without odor), in the road industry (bitumen in emulsion), in agrochemicals (phytosanitary products), detergents, rolling mills, steelmaking and the manufacture of various deposits (printing, adhesives, etc.).
  • emulsions are an effective way to obtain the harmonious combination of ingredients of different nature and properties in a homogeneous and easy-to-use presentation.
  • Many phytosanitary compounds are insoluble in water and, being previously solubilized in an organic solvent, they can be emulsified in water at the time of application or formulation by a suitable choice of glycoside-type emulsifiers. alkyl.
  • the good foaming power of alkyl glycosides is a tare in the cleaning of surfaces by auto-washer, high-pressure lance or in the "washing in place" operations of the food industry, washing bottles or automatic washing of dishes.
  • foam volumes interfere with washing and rinsing and decrease the efficiency of operations.
  • the formulator will have to add to the detergent based on alkyl polyglycosides a compound with non-foaming properties or "anti-foams" to reduce the phenomenon.
  • the anti-foam agents generally used are of petrochemical origin and expensive. They also have an unacceptable environmental profile. There is therefore a need for new compositions based on alkyl glycosides whose foaming capacity can be controlled.
  • the alkyl glycosides sometimes exhibit instability at dilution which results in a loss of the effectiveness of the detergents, in particular with regard to the surfactant activity. There is therefore still a need for new compositions based on stable alkyl glycosides whose efficiency makes it possible to lower the surface tension at low concentrations.
  • alkyl glycosides do not always make it possible to formulate emulsions that are sufficiently stable over time (WO 92/06778, WO 95/13863, WO / 9822207). These emulsions are also known to not tolerate the presence of electrolytes.
  • the formulator to overcome this defect, will combine its emulsifying system with additives such as polymers or complexing agents that are expensive and difficult to implement. There is therefore also a need for compositions based on alkyl glycosides whose emulsifying power is improved, especially in the presence of electrolyte.
  • alkyl glycosides can be improved by association with alcoholic esters of amino acids, peptides or proteins.
  • the present invention also relates to an advantageous mode of obtaining these compositions.
  • the invention relates to the uses of these compositions as surfactants for the preparation of detergents, cosmetics or agrochemical formulations.
  • a first aspect of the invention relates to new compositions based on alkyl glycosides whose physicochemical properties and biodegradability are improved by the presence of at least one compound chosen from alcoholic acid amino acid, peptide or protein.
  • compositions according to the invention are characterized in that they comprise: i) from 70 to 99% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (1)
  • R1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms, preferably having from 4 to 22 carbon atoms;
  • Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose selected from hexoses, parabinose and xylose
  • a, b, c, d and e are equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1 ii) from 1 to 30% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
  • R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
  • R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
  • R3 being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms, preferably having from 4 to 22 carbon atoms;
  • n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other.
  • R 1 Particularly preferred for R 1 are alkyl radicals and particularly those derived from alcohols or primary or secondary acids having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms, preferably having from 4 to 22 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl radicals are the methyl, ethyl, butyl, octyl and decyl radicals, as well as the radicals derived from alcohols or capric, lauric, myristic, palmitic, stearic, oleic and erucic acids and more generally the radicals derived from carboxylic acids.
  • the remnants of reducing sugars in particular hexoses and or pentoses, such as glucose, galactose, mannose, sorbose, arabinose or xylose, are preferred.
  • the reducing sugars may in particular be derived from the hydrolysis of oligosaccharides or polysaccharides.
  • the alkyl glycosides or polyglycosides used in the present invention may be synthesized by the many methods of organic chemistry known to date.
  • a route conventionally used for the preparation of alkyl glycosides is an acetalization reaction. This method consists in bringing into contact one or more reducing sugars and one or more excess alcohols (molar ratio of sugars / alcohols between 1 / 1.5 and 1/10) in the presence of a catalytic amount of acid (from 0 , 1 to 5% by weight relative to the weight of the sugars engaged), at a temperature of between 50 and 140 0 C for a period of 15 minutes to 6 hours and to remove water from the reaction medium to obtain a solution of alkyl glycosides and optionally to separate the alkyl glycosides from this solution.
  • acid catalyst sulfuric acid, sulfonic acid such as methanesulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid, hypophosphorous acid or any other acid catalyst for effecting the reaction.
  • a solvent such as an ether-oxide such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, isopropyl ether, methyl- tert-butyl ether, ethyl tert-butyl ether or diglyme, a halogenated hydrocarbon or a solvent of the amide family such as N, N-dimethylformamide, an alkane such as hexane or an aromatic solvent such as toluene.
  • a solvent such as an ether-oxide such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, isopropyl ether, methyl- tert-butyl ether, ethyl tert-butyl ether or diglyme, a halogenated hydrocarbon or a solvent of the amide family such as N, N-dimethylformamide, an alkane such as hexane or an
  • reaction solvent can be removed, if it is present.
  • the acid catalyst can then be neutralized and the solution filtered.
  • the neutralization will be carried out, for example, with an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydrogencarbonate or carbonate, especially sodium hydrogen carbonate, with an alkali or alkaline earth metal hydroxide, in particular sodium hydroxide, or with an organic base such as than triethanolamine.
  • glycosides alkyl may then be purified glycosides alkyl or by evaporation of excess alcohol under vacuum of between 0.1 and 100 mbar to a temperature of between 60 and 200 ° C, preferably using a thin film evaporator or by column chromatography on silica gel, alumina, activated charcoal or ion exchange resin, or by crystallization in a solvent.
  • the alkyl glycosides can be decolorized by adding, at a temperature of between 15 and 100 ° C., 0.05 to 10% by weight and preferably from 0.5 to 8% by weight of hydrogen peroxide, alkali or alkaline earth metal peroxodisulphates, perborates, persulfates, perphosphates, percarbonates, ozone or even periodates. Hydrogen peroxide will be preferred at 30 or 50%.
  • the alkyl glycosides can be prepared from sources of pure or mixed sugars. Accordingly, compositions based on alkyl glucosides, alkyl xylosides, alkyl arabinosides or mixtures of these three types of alkyl glycosides can be prepared.
  • the alkyl glycosides used for the preparation of the compositions may in particular correspond to the surfactants or compositions described in US 6156543, US 5688930, US 6596779, US 6087403, WO 2005110588 and WO 2005121294 in the name of the applicant.
  • glycosides alkyls obtained from reducing sugar syrups derived from vegetable raw materials rich in starch and hemicellulose or products or co-products of agricultural origin such as bagasse, co-products of corn (bran, fibers and corn stover), sorghum co-products, co-products of barley (bran), co-products of rice or co-products of wheat, oats (bran and straw) containing hexose polymers and pentoses.
  • alkyl glycosides derived from wheat bran and wheat straw or corn bran, fibers and fibers and comprising from 1 to 99% by weight of alkyl hexosides in respect of all glycosides and from 1 to 99% by weight of alkyl pentosides.
  • the average degree of polymerization (DP m ) of the alkyl glycosides used in the invention is preferably between 1 and 5 and more particularly between 1 and 3.
  • the alkyl glycosides used will be in the form of aqueous solutions preferably having a solids content of 30 to 90% by weight. Depending on the nature of the alcohol or mixture of alcohols used for the synthesis, they may also be in the form of a solid, pasty or liquid wax, optionally mixed with the alcohol or the starting fatty alcohols. .
  • any compound of formula (2) may be in a salt form of its amine function. It may in particular be an ammonium salt whose counterion is a halide such as, for example, the chloride ion, a bromide, an iodide, a sulphate, an alkylsulphate such as, for example, CH 3 OSO 3 -, an alkyl sulphonate, for example Example CH 3 SO 3 -, CH 3 C 6 H 4 SO 3 -, a phosphate, an alkylphosphate, a nitrate, a hydroxide, an alkoxide or a carboxylate.
  • a halide such as, for example, the chloride ion, a bromide, an iodide, a sulphate, an alkylsulphate such as, for example, CH 3 OSO 3 -, an alkyl sulphonate, for example Example CH 3 SO 3 -, CH 3 C 6 H 4 SO 3 -,
  • the compound of formula (2) may be in its "free amine” form or in a partially or totally salified form.
  • the compounds of formula (2) are known from the state of the art, they can in particular be obtained by esterification of compounds of formula (3) according to the procedures of the state of the art or of their salts, in the presence an alcohol of formula R 3 OH with R 3 as defined above.
  • R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH2) 2-CO-NH2, - (CH2) 2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2- (C3H3N2), -CH (CH3) -CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH (CH3) -CH3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) -OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
  • R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
  • n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other.
  • the compound of formula (3) represents an amino acid selected from glycine, alanine, serine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, glutamine, valine, threonine, arginine, lysine, proline, leucine, phenylalanine, isoleucine, histidine, tyrosine, tryptophan, asparagine, cysteine, cystine, methionine, hydroxyproline, hydroxylysine, ornithine.
  • the compound of formula (3) represents a peptide or a protein.
  • amino acids, peptides or proteins may be of animal origin, such as, for example, collagen, elastin, fish flesh protein, fish gelatin, keratin or casein.
  • amino acids, peptides and proteins of vegetable origin such as, for example, those derived from soybean, rapeseed, sunflower, oats, wheat, maize, barley, potato, alfalfa, lupine, faba bean, sweet almond, silk, and more generally, those derived from all lignocellulosic plant material constituting the bulk of annual and perennial plants.
  • Annual plant means any plant with a vegetative life of the order of a year (such as cereals and various grasses, hemp, flax, sugar cane %) and perennial plant, plants whose development extends over a longer period (such as bamboo, hardwoods, softwoods ).
  • Ligno-cellulosic material refers to whole plants or parts of the said plants (stems, bark, %) or by-products of the industrial sector of production for food purposes (wheat straw, barley rice, bagasse of sugar cane bagasse sorghum sugar ).
  • the amino acids or peptides may themselves be obtained by total or partial hydrolysis of a protein of any origin. This hydrolysis can be carried out for example by heating at temperatures between 60 and 130 ° C. of a protein placed in an acidic or alkaline medium. It can also be carried out enzymatically using a protease.
  • esterification reaction of the amino acids, peptides or proteins will be carried out by the methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • the enzymatic methods described in the patents WO 9318180 and WO 9517518 or the chemical methods described in "Interfacial phenomena in biological systems, edition M. Bender, the method described in J. Biol. Chem. 161, 259-269, 1945 or in US Patent 5780658.
  • the acid catalyst sulfuric acid, a sulfonic acid such as methanesulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid, hypophosphorous acid or any other acid catalyst for carrying out the reaction.
  • a solvent such as an ether ether such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, isopropyl ether, methyl- tert-butyl ether, ethyl tert-butyl ether or diglyme, a halogenated hydrocarbon or a solvent of the amide family such as N, N-dimethylformamide, an alkane such as hexane or an aromatic solvent such as toluene.
  • a solvent such as an ether ether such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, isopropyl ether, methyl- tert-butyl ether, ethyl tert-butyl ether or diglyme, a halogenated hydrocarbon or a solvent of the amide family such as N, N-dimethylformamide, an alkane such as hexane or an aromatic solvent
  • the reaction solvent may be removed, if it is present.
  • the acid catalyst can then be neutralized and the solution filtered.
  • the neutralization for example, with an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydrogencarbonate or carbonate, especially sodium hydrogen carbonate, with an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxide, especially sodium hydroxide, or with an organic base such as than triethanolamine.
  • the ester or mixture of esters of formula (2) can then be purified either by evaporation of the excess alcohols in a vacuum of between 0.1 and 100 mbar at a temperature of between 60 and 200 ° C., preferably by means of a layer evaporator thin, either by column chromatography on silica gel, alumina, activated charcoal or ion exchange resin, or by crystallization in a solvent.
  • the compounds of formula (2) can be characterized by the establishment of molecular masses by mass spectrometry. Their concentration can also be determined by nitrogen determination according to the known Kjeldahl method, for example.
  • the second aspect of the invention is a process for the advantageous preparation of the compositions according to the invention.
  • compositions are predominantly composed of alkyl pentosides but comprise only a very small amount of compounds of amino acid esters, peptides or proteins type.
  • Patents EP 0699472 (which we will call Dl document), and Patent WO 9729115 (which we will call D2 document) in the name of the applicant, describe processes for the preparation of glycoside surfactants which consist in bringing wheat bran into contact with a wheat. acidic aqueous solution and / or an enzymatic complex. Thus, a pentose juice is obtained which must be removed from the marc (lignocellulosic residue).
  • the juice freed from its marc must then be concentrated (distillation of water) before being used in glycosylation of an alcohol having from 6 to 22 carbon atoms, which makes it possible to obtain a mixture of pentosides.
  • the pentosides are obtained from the pentoses by a first glycosylation reaction with butanol and then by transglycosylation with a fatty alcohol.
  • the compositions obtained as in Examples 1 of D1 and D2 do not contain more than 0.5% of amino acid esters, peptides or proteins, since their nitrogen levels, measured using the method Kjeldhal nitrogen is not greater than 0.01% by weight with respect to the surfactant composition.
  • Example 1 of the Dl document only 21 grams of pentosides are obtained from 326 grams of Son. Similarly, in Example 1 of D2, 147 grams of pentosides are obtained from 231 grams of barley bran.
  • the process according to the present invention makes it possible to obtain better yields of surfactants and furthermore has a reduced number of unit operations compared to the state of the art, and therefore a significant economic advantage.
  • This method consists in putting the plant material in direct contact with an alcohol in the presence of a catalyst to obtain the pentoside solution.
  • the material is not brought into contact with water, as is the case in D1 and D2.
  • the mechanism is very different from D1 and D2 because it is a direct transglycosylation of pentosans in pentosides in fatty alcohol.
  • the process does not pass through "Pentoses juice”. It then becomes unnecessary to purify and concentrate the pentoses since they are directly converted into glycoside surfactants.
  • the reaction is carried out without butanol solvent as is the case in Dl and D2.
  • the method according to the present invention is therefore easier to implement since it comprises a single unit operation and moreover, makes it possible to obtain better yields.
  • the mechanism concerned by the process according to the present invention is schematized below, and accounts for the advantage thereof in comparison with the method described in D1 and D2:
  • the present process is characterized in that it consists in putting one or more lignocellulosic plant materials constituting most of the annual and perennial plants and comprising at least starch and / or hemicelluloses and at least one protein or a peptide, in contact with an excess of at least one alcohol having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms (mass ratio of vegetable materials / alcohol of between 1/100 and 1) in the presence of an amount of acid (ratio mass of plant / acid materials between 1 and 100) between 20 and 200 ° C, preferably between 70 and 150 ° C, for at least 5 seconds to obtain a composition according to the invention, if necessary, to neutralize the acid, to rid the composition of a solid marc and / or unreacted alcohol.
  • Annual plant means any plant with a vegetative life of the order of one year (such as cereals and various grasses such as maize, sorghum, barley and wheat, hemp, hn, cane sugar %) and perennial plant, plants whose development extends over a longer period (such as bamboo, hardwoods, softwoods ).
  • Ligno-cellulosic plant materials are whole plants or parts of the said plants (stems, bark, %) or co-products of industrial production chain for food purpose (wheat straw, rice, barley, bagasse cane sugar, bagasse sorghum sugar ).
  • the process according to the invention has the advantage of obtaining in a single unit operation effective surfactant compositions unlike the processes described in the Dl and D2 patents on behalf of the applicant, which require the execution of several operations of hydrolysis and consumption concentration of water and complex glycosylation, especially in the case of the use of higher fatty alcohols.
  • alkyl radicals of 1 to 36 carbon atoms, preferably having 1 to 22 carbon atoms
  • Typical examples of alkyl radicals are the methyl, ethyl, butyl and octyl radicals, as well as the radicals derived from alcohols or capric, lauric, myristic, palmitic, stearic, oleic and erucic acids and more generally the radicals derived from the original acids.
  • sulphonic acids such as benzenesulphonic acid, para-toluenesulphonic acid, camphorsulphonic acid, alkylbenzene sulphonic acid, sulphosuccinic acid or an alkyl sulphosuccinate such as decyl or lauryl sulfosuccinate
  • perhalohydric acids such as perchloric acid.
  • anionic surfactants such as alkyl ether sulfates, such as lauryl ether sulfate also known under the acronym LES, sodium dodecyl sulphate, also known under the acronym SDS, or the sulfuric or phosphoric esters of alcohols.
  • the contacting is carried out for at least 5 seconds and preferably for 5 to 240 minutes in a mixer.
  • We can operate at atmospheric pressure, under partial vacuum or in a reactor under pressure of 2 to 100 bar. Is preferred to conduct the reaction in the total absence of solvents, but it may optionally use a solvent such as an ether oxide such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, 1 "isopropyl ether, methyl- tert-butyl ether, ethyl-tertiarybutyl ether or diglyme, a halogenated hydrocarbon or a solvent of the amide family such as N 5 N- dimethylformamide, an alkane such as hexane or an aromatic solvent such as toluene.
  • a solvent such as an ether oxide such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, 1 "isopropyl ether, methyl-
  • the acid catalyst can then be neutralized and the solution filtered.
  • the filtration residue may also be treated so as to recover the solvents, alcohols or compounds of the compositions.
  • the composition will be neutralized before or after possible filtration, for example by an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydrogencarbonate or carbonate, especially sodium hydrogencarbonate, with an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxide. especially soda, or with an organic base such as triethanolamine.
  • the excess alcohols can be evaporated under vacuum between 0.1 and 100 mbar at a temperature of between 60 and 200 ° C., preferably by means of a thin-film evaporator.
  • the composition may also be purified either by column chromatography on silica gel, alumina, activated charcoal or ion exchange resin, or by crystallization in a solvent.
  • compositions according to the invention can be bleached by adding, at a temperature of between 15 and 100 ° C., 0.05 to 20% by weight and preferably from 0.5 to 10% by weight of hydrogen peroxide.
  • hydrogen peroxide peroxodisulfates of alkali or alkaline earth metals, perborates, persulfates, perphosphates, percarbonates, ozone or even periodates.
  • Hydrogen peroxide will be preferred at 30 or 50% solids.
  • compositions according to the invention may be used in the form of an aqueous solution comprising, for example, from 30 to 80% of dry matter.
  • compositions according to the invention may be used in a form of non-aqueous solution, that is to say solubilized in a solvent.
  • the invention therefore relates to a composition characterized in that it comprises: i) from 30 to 95% by weight of the solvent composition ii) from 4 to 69.3% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula
  • R1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms, preferably having from 4 to 22 carbon atoms;
  • G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose chosen from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
  • A, b, c, d and e being equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1 iii) of 0.05 to 14% by weight of the composition at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
  • R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
  • R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
  • R3 being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms, preferably having from 4 to 22 carbon atoms;
  • n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other.
  • -Oils of vegetable origin such as coconut oil, castor oil, rapeseed oil, sunflower oil, soybean oil,
  • Synthetic oils such as poly- ⁇ -olefins
  • Alkanediols having 2 to 10 carbon atoms such as 1,2-propanediol or 1,3-butanediol,
  • R 4 OH where R 4 is a saturated or unsaturated aliphatic radical having 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, linear or branched, having 1 to 36 carbon atoms, such as myristic alcohol, cetyl alcohol, alcohol stearic, oleic alcohol,
  • R 5 and R 6 are, independently of one another, saturated or unsaturated aliphatic radicals having 1 to 4 linear or branched ethylenic initiations having from 1 to 22 atoms of carbon, such as alkyl myristates including butyl myristate, propyl myristate, alkyl palmitates such as isopropyl palmitate, alkyl stearates including hexadecyl stearate, alkyl oleates , especially dodecyl oleate, alkyl laurates, in particular hexyl laurate, propylene glycol dicaprylate, 2-ethylhexyl cocoate, esters of lactic acid, succinic acid , behenic acid, isostearic acid such as isostearyl isostearate, fatty acid esters of rapeseed, sunflower fatty acids, linseed fatty acids,
  • silicone oils comprising cyclic polydimethylsiloxanes, hydroxylated polydimethylsiloxanes, trimethylsilylated polydimethylsiloxanes, polyorganosiloxanes such as polyalkylmethylsiloxanes, polymethylphenylsiloxanes, polydiohismelsiloxanes, amino derivatives of silicones, silicone copolyethers or mixed silicone derivatives such as mixed copolymers polyalkylmethylsiloxane silicones copolyethers.
  • compositions of the present invention have properties or surfactant performance enhanced and variable depending on the nature of the constituents.
  • enhanced surfactant properties or performance means properties or surfactant performance superior to the surfactant properties or performance of compositions similar in all respects to the compositions of the present invention but not comprising any compound of formula (2). These enhanced properties are obtained through the combination of alkyl glycosides of formula (1) and surfactants of formula (2).
  • the compositions of the present invention possess critical micellar concentrations (CMCs) below the CMCs of APGs known in the art. By critical micellar concentration is meant the minimum concentration of surfactants required to obtain micellar aggregates and from which a more or less abrupt variation of the physicochemical properties of the surfactant solution, for example surface tension, is observed. .
  • the soil solubilization mechanism intervenes only when the concentration of the surfactants is higher than the critical micelle concentration.
  • the first advantage of the compositions of the invention is that products such as detergents with reduced surfactant doses can be prepared.
  • compositions according to the invention have improved stability at low concentrations, and therefore, increased performance.
  • C20 is a criterion for evaluating the surfactant performance of a composition at low concentrations. It corresponds to the concentration of composition required to lower the surface tension of water by 20 mN / m.
  • the compositions according to the invention have improved C20s with respect to the alkyl glycosides of the state of the art.
  • CMC Critical Micellar Concentration
  • compositions according to the invention characterized in that they comprise: i) from 80 to 99% by weight of the composition of a mixture of compounds of formula
  • R 1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 5 to 22 carbon atoms,
  • G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose chosen from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
  • A, b, c, d and e being equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1 arabinosides and alkyl xylosides representing at least 30% by weight of all the compounds of formula (1). ii) from 1 to 20% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
  • R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
  • R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
  • R3 being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 5 to 22 carbon atoms, Where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other. and characterized by CMC lower than 800 mg / l and C20 lower than 100 mg / l.
  • compositions described above are also characterized by a wetting power superior to APG of the state of the art.
  • the wetting power is measured according to the ISO 8022 or NFT 73420 standard describing the measurement of wetting power on cotton support.
  • the wetting power corresponds to the wetting time of an unbleached cotton disc placed in a solution of surfactants at a defined concentration.
  • 700 ml of a 1 g / l test solution of surfactant composition in distilled water are placed in a beaker thermostated at the desired temperature (20 ° C).
  • the experimental measurement can be carried out at the neutral pH of the distilled water or in basic medium (NaOH).
  • the wetting time is experimentally determined by means of a stopwatch, t 0 corresponds to the moment when the lower part of the disc touches the solution and t is final when the disc sinks by itself into the solution, t final is also called wetting time.
  • Ten consecutive measurements are made with the same solution while taking care however to discard the used cotton discs after each measurement. It is specified here that a surfactant is all the more wetting that the measured wetting time is short.
  • the compositions according to the invention have wetting times according to the NFT 73-406 standard of less than 100 seconds and more particularly less than 80 seconds.
  • compositions of the invention relate to their foaming property.
  • foaming property is meant the property of a composition to form foam under the effect of a mechanical action (stirring, falling of liquid, dispersion of gas).
  • Foam can be an advantage when it represents, for example, an indication of the effectiveness of a product (dishwashing liquid, laundry for washing by hand ...) or when it brings a feeling of comfort to the user (soap, shampoo).
  • it is a disadvantage when it provokes for example the overflow of a washing machine or the stopping of an industrial machine for washing the floors.
  • the compositions of the present invention will be custom-made for the application. We will therefore choose to prepare compositions according to the invention having the property of forming either low quantities, ie large amounts of foam. The foam formed will either be stable or unstable over time and may be more or less resistant to the hardness of the water.
  • the foaming properties of the compositions are evaluated by the test of foaming power called the Ross Miles test, according to the French standard NF-T-73-404 of November 1966.
  • This test can for example consist of measuring over time and at a temperature of 50 ° C., the volume of foam obtained after the fall, from a height of 450 mm, of 500 ml of a surfactant solution at 0.1% by weight of surfactant composition in demineralized water, on a liquid surface of the same solution (50ml) contained in a thermostated test tube.
  • the volume measured just after the liquid drop represents the foaming capacity expressed in foam volume and foaming stability is the foam volume ratio at 20 minutes on foaming capacity expressed as a percentage.
  • compositions according to the invention characterized in that they comprise: i) from 80 to 99% by weight of the composition of a mixture of compounds of formula
  • R 1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 5 to 22 carbon atoms,
  • G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose selected from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
  • A, b, c, d and e being equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1, the alkyl hexosides then representing less than 90% by weight of all of the compounds of formula (1). ii) from 1 to 20% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
  • R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH2) 2-CO-NH2, - (CH2) 2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2- (C3H3N2), -CH (CH3) -CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH (CH3) -CH3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) -OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
  • R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
  • R3 being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 5 to 22 carbon atoms,
  • R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other. and in that they have a foam volume greater than 200 ml and a stability of the foam at 20 minutes of at least 70% according to the Ross Miles test of the NF-T-73-404 standard carried out at 50 ° C. with a demineralised water solution comprising 0.1% by weight of composition described above.
  • compositions according to the invention characterized in that they comprise: i) from 80 to 99% by weight of the composition of a mixture of compounds of formula, will therefore be preferred for their weakly and non-foaming properties;
  • R1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms,
  • R1 corresponding to the radical ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2 or 3 methyl-butyl, 2 ethyl-hexyl, is preferred.
  • G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose selected from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
  • A, b, c, d and e being equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1 arabinosides and alkyl xylosides then representing at least 65% by weight of all the compounds of formula (1). ii) from 1 to 20% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
  • R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
  • R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
  • R3 being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms,
  • R3 corresponding to ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2 or 3 methyl-butyl, 2-ethylhexyl is preferred.
  • R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other. and in that they have a foam volume of less than 50 ml and a stability of the foam at 20 minutes of less than 10% according to the Ross Miles test of standard NF-T-73-404 carried out at 50.degree. demineralised water solution comprising 0.1% by weight of composition as described above.
  • compositions of the invention also have remarkable emulsifying properties, especially in the presence of electrolytes.
  • An emulsion is a dispersion of a liquid in another immiscible liquid.
  • the compositions of the invention make it possible to obtain stable emulsions (that is to say having no phase shift after three months of aging at 45 ° C.) even using less than 5% by weight of emulsifying composition with respect to total weight of the emulsion and even when the emulsion contains more than 0.3% by weight of salts relative to the total weight of emulsion.
  • the stable emulsions thus obtained will not contain any polymer or chelating agent.
  • the emulsifying power of the compositions according to the invention will be evaluated by the method described in standard NF T 73409.
  • This method consists in preparing emulsions, which may comprise increasing salt levels (NaCl), by mixing at 70 ° C. at 4% by weight of emulsifying composition relative to the total weight of the emulsion, 15 to 18% by weight of oil relative to the total weight of the emulsion and 81% by weight of water demineralized with respect to the total weight of the emulsion.
  • the emulsions are made by vigorous stirring (8000 rpm) using a mechanical stirrer for one minute. They are then put to rest for 15 hours at 20 ° C.
  • the emulsions are considered stable if a phase separation of less than 5% relative to the total volume of the emulsion is observed after 30 minutes of centrifugation at 4,000 G, ie a residual emulsion volume of 95%.
  • compositions according to the invention characterized in that they comprise: i) from 80 to 99% by weight of the composition of a mixture of compounds of formula
  • R 1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 8 to 36 carbon atoms,
  • R 1 corresponding to the dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl and octadecyl radical is preferred.
  • G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose selected from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
  • A, b, c, d and e being equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1 arabinosides and alkyl xylosides then representing at least 25% by weight of all the compounds of formula (1). ii) from 1 to 20% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
  • R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
  • R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X R3, being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 8 to 36 carbon atoms,
  • R3 corresponding to the dodecyl, tetradecyl and hexadecyl radical, of octadecyl, is preferred.
  • n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other.
  • compositions having emulsifying properties improved with respect to the APGs of the state of the art, in the form of self-emulsifiable base will be used.
  • self-emulsifiable is intended to mean a composition which makes it possible to obtain a water-in-oil or oil-in-water emulsion by simple mixing with moderate stirring at hot (between 40 and 80 ° C.) or at cold temperature (at a temperature below 40 ° C.), with an aqueous phase.
  • Selfemulsifiable compositions will be obtained by solubilization of a composition of the invention in an appropriate polar phase (mass ratio compositions / polar phase of between 1/100 and 1) such as a polar organic solvent such as formamide, dimethylformamide or a branched fatty alcohol such as Guerbet alcohols of the Isofol type marketed by Sasol, or in an oil by agitation, in particular mechanical or by sonication.
  • an appropriate polar phase mass ratio compositions / polar phase of between 1/100 and 1
  • a polar organic solvent such as formamide, dimethylformamide or a branched fatty alcohol such as Guerbet alcohols of the Isofol type marketed by Sasol
  • an oil by agitation, in particular mechanical or by sonication.
  • compositions according to the invention are preferably characterized in that they comprise: i) from 4 to 58% by weight of the composition of a mixture of compounds of formula (1)
  • R 1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 8 to 36 carbon atoms,
  • R 1 corresponding to the dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl and octadecyl radical is preferred.
  • G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose selected from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
  • a, b, c, d and e are equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least 1 the arabinosides and alkyl xylosides then representing at least 25% by weight of all the compounds of formula (1). ii) from 0.1 to 12% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
  • R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
  • R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
  • R3 being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 8 to 36 carbon atoms,
  • R3 corresponding to the dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl or octadecyl radical is preferred.
  • n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other. iii) from 30 to 95.9% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula
  • R 4 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms and more particularly having from 8 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R4 may be different or identical to R1 and R3.
  • R4 are alkyl radicals and particularly those derived from primary or secondary alcohols having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl radicals are methyl, ethyl, butyl and octyl radicals as well as radicals derived from capric, lauric, myristic, palmitic and stearic alcohols.
  • Alkyl radicals derived from Guerbet alcohols or technical alcohols derived from the hydrogenation of aldehydes of petrochemical origin can also be selected.
  • compositions according to the invention exhibit improved biodegradability compared to the alkyl glycosides of the state of the art.
  • the ultimate biodegradability test results can be taken from OECD 301 tests (A, B, C, D, E and F).
  • the Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) that is determined using a closed respirometer.
  • a measured volume of mineral medium containing both bacteria from sludge from a domestic wastewater treatment plant and a known concentration of test substance as the sole nominal source of organic carbon, is agitated in a closed bottle at 20 ° C. for 28 days.
  • the microorganisms consume oxygen and produce carbon dioxide absorbed by natron (Na 2 CO 3 ), which causes a drop in the pressure in the container.
  • This decrease in pressure is detected by a manometer that triggers the production of oxygen by electrolysis.
  • the electrolysis is interrupted and the amount of electricity used measured by the monitor. This quantity of electricity is proportional to the quantity of oxygen consumed (mg / mg of product). This is recorded over time by a computer.
  • Theoretical Oxygen Demand (DthO) calculated from the raw formula of the product. This is the total amount of oxygen needed to achieve oxidation complete with a chemical and is expressed in mg of oxygen required per mg of test substance. It is calculated from the molecular formula by applying Equation (A) where H, C, Cl, N, S, P, Na and O represent the number of each of these atoms in one mole of product.
  • DthO 16 ⁇ (2xC + 0.5x (H-Cl-3xN) + 3xS + 2.5xP + 0.5xNa- ⁇ )
  • a respirometer makes it possible to follow the biodegradability of the products as well as that of the chosen control, sodium acetate.
  • the pH in the reactors at the end of the handling is between 6 and 8.5; Product degradation is greater than 60% within 10 days as soon as 10% of biodegradability is reached and maximum within 28 days according to the standard.
  • compositions of the present invention allow the formulation of surfactants and detergent, agrochemical or cosmetic products. That is to say, it is advantageous to formulate any product allowing the cleaning or wetting of the surface of a solid object or a part of the body following a process involving a physicochemical action other than the simple dissolution of soiling with the compositions of the invention.
  • a final aspect of the invention therefore relates to detergent, cosmetic or agrochemical products, characterized in that they contain from 0.1% to 50% by weight of specific base of formulation (detergent base, cosmetic or agrochemical) and 1 99% by weight of surfactant composition according to the invention.
  • formulation adjuvants such as those described in "Detergents and Body Care Products” by L. Ho Tan Ta ⁇ , Paris 1999, will be chosen as detergent base or cosmetic base.
  • these adjuvants there may be mentioned, for example: thickeners , ionic gelling agents, or nonionic, such as cellulose derivatives (carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose), guar (hydroxypropylguar, carboxymethylguar, carboxymethylhydroxypropylguar ...), carob, tree exudates (gum arabic, karaya ...
  • marine algae extracts (alginates, carrageenates ...), exosudates of microorganisms (xanthan gum), hydrotropic agents, such as short C2-C8 alcohols, in particular ethanol, diols and glycols such as diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, skin moisturizers or humectants such as glycerol, sorbitol, collagen, gelatin, aloe vera, hyaluronic acid, urea or skin-protecting agents, such as proteins or protein hydrolysates, cationic polymers, such as cationic guar derivatives (Jaguar C13S®, Jaguar C 162®, Hicare 1000® sold by Rhodia), glycolipids such as sophoroses lipids, fillers such as powders or mineral particles such as calcium carbonate, mineral oxides in the form of powder or in colloidal form (particles of smaller size or of the order of a micrometer, sometimes of a few tens of nanometers) such as
  • photoprotective mineral monopigers such as titanium dioxide or cerium oxides in the form of powder or colloidal particles, softeners, antioxidants, self-tanning agents such as dihydroxyacetone, repellents against insects, vitamins, perfumes, fillers, sequestering agents, dyes, buffering agents, abrasives such as ground apricot kernels, microbeads, polyphosphates (tripolyphosphates, pyrophosphates) orthophosphates, hexametaphosphates) of alkali metals, ammonium or alkanolamines, tetraborates or borate precursors, silicates, in particular those having a SiO 2 / Na 2 O ratio of the order of 1.6 / 1 to 3.2 / 1 and the lamellar silicates described in US-A -4 664 839, the al
  • anti-redeposition agents such as: ethoxylated monoamines or polyamines, ethoxylated amine polymers (US-A-4) 597,898, EP-A-1 984), carboxymethylcellulose, sulfonated polyester oligomers obtained by condensation of isophthalic acid e, dimethyl sulphosuccinate and diethylene glycol (FR-A-2,236,926), polyvinylpyrrolidones, chelating agents of iron and magnesium, such as: nitrilotriacetates, ethylenediaminetetraacetates, hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetates, nitrilotris- (methylenephosphonates) polyfunctional aromatic compounds such as dihydroxydisulfobenzenes, fluorescent agents such as stilbene derivatives, pyrazoline, coumarin, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, azoles, methinecyanines, thiophenes, foam suppressants such as:
  • the invention finally relates to emulsions which comprise by weight: a. from 0.1 to 20% relative to the total weight of the emulsion, of the composition according to the invention, and preferably from 1 to 10% b. from 0 to 95% relative to the total weight of the emulsion, of oil, and preferably between 0 and 50% c. from 0 to 50% relative to the total weight of the emulsion, active substance, and preferably between 0 and 20% d. water in addition to 100%.
  • the emulsions prepared from the compositions of the invention can be used in various cosmetic or dermatological or industrial applications, for example in the form of creams for the face, for the body, for the scalp or for the hair or in the form of milk. for the body or for removing make-up or in the form of ointments for example for pharmaceutical use or finally in the road industry for the preparation of road surfaces.
  • These emulsions can also be used for makeup, especially in the form of foundation, after addition of pigments. They can also be used as sunscreens after addition of UVA and / or UVB and / or DHA filters, or as creams or milks after sun after addition of soothing compounds such as panthenol or shea butter.
  • the emulsions may also contain surfactants, foaming or ionic or nonionic detergents such as sodium lauryl ether sulphate, alkyl betaines to make washing emulsions such as moisturizing washing creams, or emulsions for shaving.
  • surfactants foaming or ionic or nonionic detergents such as sodium lauryl ether sulphate, alkyl betaines to make washing emulsions such as moisturizing washing creams, or emulsions for shaving.
  • the emulsions may further contain, in order to increase their cosmetic qualities, a cosmetic wax such as, for example, rice wax, candelilla wax, Japanese wax or wheat straw wax.
  • a cosmetic wax such as, for example, rice wax, candelilla wax, Japanese wax or wheat straw wax.
  • compositions of the invention can also be used in formulations where it is necessary to maintain in suspension in water finely divided solids, such as agrochemical active ingredient formulations (herbicides, insecticides, fungicides, etc.) or bitumen, known under the generic name of "concentrated suspensions".
  • agrochemical active ingredient formulations herein, insecticides, fungicides, etc.
  • bitumen known under the generic name of "concentrated suspensions”.
  • concentration suspensions such as, for example, a wetting surfactant, taken from the alkylated derivatives of aliphatic alcohols, the aryl sulphonated derivatives, are found as additives in a concentrated suspension formulation.
  • dispersing polymers such as polyacrylic acids and their salts, anhydride (or acid) maleic-diisobutylene copolymers and their salts, condensed sodium methylnaphthalenesulfonates, lignin-derived dispersing polymers such as sodium or calcium lignosulfonates or other dispersing surfactants such as alkoxylated derivatives, optionally sulphated or phosphated with tristyrylphenols.
  • dispersing polymers such as polyacrylic acids and their salts, anhydride (or acid) maleic-diisobutylene copolymers and their salts, condensed sodium methylnaphthalenesulfonates, lignin-derived dispersing polymers such as sodium or calcium lignosulfonates or other dispersing surfactants such as alkoxylated derivatives, optionally sulphated or phosphated with tristyrylphenols.
  • these formulations may contain antifreeze additives such as propylene glycol and thickening additives which modify the rheological behavior of the suspension, such as xanthan gum, cellulose derivatives (carboxymethylcellulose), guar gum or its derivatives, clays or modified clays such as bentonite and bentones.
  • antifreeze additives such as propylene glycol and thickening additives which modify the rheological behavior of the suspension, such as xanthan gum, cellulose derivatives (carboxymethylcellulose), guar gum or its derivatives, clays or modified clays such as bentonite and bentones.
  • the oily phase of the emulsions according to the invention may consist of the linear or branched fatty alcohol or alcohols which may be present in the emulsifying composition of the invention without it being necessary to use another oil. But more generally we will use an oil or a mixture of oils, chosen without the intention to be limited to, among the following oils:
  • Vegetable oils such as sweet almond oil, coconut oil, castor oil, jojoba oil, olive oil, rapeseed oil, hazelnut oil, palm oil, shea butter, apricot kernel oil, calophylum oil, safflower oil, avocado oil, walnut oil, lemon oil grape seed oil, wheat germ oil, sunflower oil, corn germ oil, soybean oil, cottonseed oil, alfalfa oil, oil of barley, poppy oil, pumpkin oil, sezame oil, rye oil, evening primrose oil, passionflower oil, derivatives of these oils such as hydrogenated oils ,
  • Oils of animal origin such as tallow oil, fish oil,
  • Mineral oils such as liquid paraffin, liquid petroleum jelly and mineral oils especially from petroleum cuts,
  • Synthetic oils such as poly- ⁇ -olefins
  • Alkanediols having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms such as 1,2 propanediol, 1,3-butanediol,
  • Alcohols having a saturated or unsaturated aliphatic radical having 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, linear or branched, having 12 to 22 carbon atoms such as myristic alcohol, cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, oleic alcohol , Polyethylene glycols or polypropylene glycols,
  • Fatty esters such as alkyl myristates, especially butyl myristate, propyl myristate, alkyl palmitates such as isopropyl palmitate, alkyl stearates, in particular hexadecyl stearates, alkyl oleates , especially dodecyl oleate, alkyl laurates, especially hexyl laurate, propylene glycol dicaprylate, 2-ethylhexyl cocoate, esters of lactic acid, behenic acid , isostearic acid such as isostearyl isostearate, fatty acid esters of rapeseed, sunflower fatty acids, linseed fatty acids, cotton fatty acids, soy,
  • Silicone oils comprising cyclic polydimethylsiloxanes, ⁇ - ⁇ hydroxylated polydimethylsiloxanes, ⁇ - ⁇ trimethylsilylated polydimethylsiloxanes, polyorganosiloxanes such as polyalkylmethylsolixanes, polymethylphenylsiloxanes, polydiohismelsiloxanes, amino derivatives of silicones, silicone copolyethers or mixed derivatives of silicones such as mixed polyalkylmethylsiloxane-silicone copolyether copolymers.
  • the emulsions will comprise, as active substance, specific agents according to the application envisaged (cosmetics, textiles, industrial cleaning, household products, road industry) such as anti-scale, alkaline, bleaching agents, enzymes, polymers (or thickening agent). ), anti-foam agents or foam promoters, optical brighteners, opacifiers, dyes, various fillers for adjusting the pH, flavors, preservatives or therapeutic or touching agents, and especially the formulation adjuvants mentioned previously.
  • agents such as anti-scale, alkaline, bleaching agents, enzymes, polymers (or thickening agent).
  • anti-foam agents or foam promoters such as anti-scale, alkaline, bleaching agents, enzymes, polymers (or thickening agent).
  • anti-foam agents or foam promoters such as anti-scale, alkaline, bleaching agents, enzymes, polymers (or thickening agent).
  • anti-foam agents or foam promoters such as anti-scale, alkaline,
  • the emulsions may be manufactured either by directly mixing the solid or liquid ingredients at a temperature of between room temperature and 200 ° C. and by homogenizing the preparation by vigorous stirring or by means of a high-pressure homogenizer, or by preparing independently the lipophilic and hydrophilic phases at a temperature between room temperature and 90 ° C and homogenizing the preparation by adding one of the phases on the other with stirring.
  • the following examples illustrate the invention, without limiting it:
  • EXAMPLE 1 Surfactant composition according to the invention comprising decyl glycosides derived from desamylated wheat bran and a decyl ester of L-Proline
  • a surfactant composition No. 1 is prepared by dissolving L-Proline decyl ester (PRO ClO) and decyl glycosides derived from the desamylated wheat bran (APP ClO).
  • PRO ClO is obtained by esterification of decanol with proline in the presence of a catalytic amount of methanesulfonic acid according to a protocol adapted from J. Biol. Chem. 161, 259-269, 1945.
  • APP ClO is a mixture of alkyl glycosides obtained by grafting decanol onto a syrup of pentoses obtained according to the method described in Example 1 of application FR 2723858. The main components are described below. Their proportion is determined by gas chromatography.
  • Decyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Decyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Decyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • the other glycosides correspond to the polyglycosides of formula (1) where R 1 is the decyl radical and the sum a, b, c, d, e is greater than or equal to 2.
  • composition No. liters by weight relative to the dry matter the following proportions.: Components / dry matter% by weight
  • EXAMPLE 2 Surfactant composition according to the invention comprising dodecyl and tetradecyl glycosides derived from desamylated wheat bran and alcoholic esters of amino acids.
  • compositions according to the invention comprising dodecyl and tetradecyl glycosides (APP C12 / C14), dodecyl and tetradecyl amino acid esters (C12 / C14 AAE) are prepared.
  • APP C 12 / Cl 4 is a mixture of alkyl glycosides obtained by grafting a mixture of dodecyl alcohol and tetradecyl alcohol (LOROL 1214S from the company COGNIS) on a syrup of pentoses obtained according to the method described in Example 1 of the application FR 2723858.
  • the proportion of each main constituent is determined by gas chromatography.
  • AAE C 12 / Cl 4 is obtained by esterification of a mixture of dodecyl alcohol and tetradecyl alcohol (LOROL 1214S from the company COGNIS) with a mixture of amino acids derived from the hydrolysis of wheat gluten in the presence of a catalytic amount of sulfuric acid according to the protocol of J. Biol. Chem. 161, 259-269, 1945 applied to a mixture of amino acids.
  • LOROL 1214S from the company COGNIS
  • the dodecyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a dodecyl radical, Gl is the rest of the glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to O.
  • Tetradecyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a tetradecyl radical, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d, and e are equal to O.
  • the dodecyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is a dodecyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to O.
  • Tetradecyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a tetradecyl radical, G 1 is the residue of xylose, a is 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • the dodecyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a dodecyl radical, Gl is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Tetradecyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a tetradecyl radical, Gl is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • composition No. 2 is then obtained having, by weight relative to the dry matter, the following proportions:
  • composition no. 3 according to the invention 325 g of composition no. 3 according to the invention are obtained, which is dissolved in demineralized water until a solution of 30% by weight of dry matter is obtained. After bleaching with hydrogen peroxide, a composition having the following characteristics is obtained:
  • the proportion of each alkyl glycoside is determined by gas chromatography.
  • octyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, Gl is the rest of the glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Decyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Octyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Decyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Octyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, G1 is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Decyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • composition No. 4 310 g of surfactant composition No. 4 are obtained which are dissolved in demineralized water until a solution of 30% by weight of dry matter is obtained. After bleaching with hydrogen peroxide, a composition having the following characteristics is obtained:
  • the proportion of each alkyl glycoside is determined by gas chromatography. Components% by weight
  • octyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, Gl is the rest of the glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Decyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Octyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Decyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Octyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, G1 is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Decyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • the proportion of each alkyl glycoside is determined by gas chromatography.
  • octyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, Gl is the rest of the glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Decyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Octyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Decyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Octyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, G1 is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Decyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • EXAMPLE 6 Process for preparing a surfactant composition according to the invention.
  • the proportion of each alkyl glycoside is determined by gas chromatography.
  • Hexadecyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) where R1 is hexadecyl, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is 1 and b, c, d, and e are 0.
  • Octadecyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is an octadecyl radical, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d, and e are equal to 0.
  • hexadecyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a hexadecyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is 1 and b, c, d and e are 0.
  • Octadecyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is an octadecyl radical, G 1 is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Hexadecyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) where R1 is a hexadecyl radical, G1 is the rest of arabinose, a is 1 and b, c, d, and e are 0.
  • Octadecyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octadecyl radical, G1 is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d, and e are equal to 0.
  • composition No. 7 35 g of surfactant composition No. 7 are obtained, which is dissolved in demineralised water until a solution of 64.5% by weight of dry matter is obtained. After bleaching with hydrogen peroxide, a composition having the following characteristics is obtained:
  • each alkyl glycoside is determined by gas chromatography.
  • Amyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) where R1 is a 2 or 3 methylbutyl radical, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d, and e are equal to 0.
  • Amyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) where R1 is a 2 or 3 methylbutyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d, and e are equal to 0.
  • Amyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is a 2 or 3 methyl-butyl radical, G1 is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • the surfactant solutions were made with ultra-permuted water.
  • composition No. 1 according to the invention has an efficiency and stability greater than APP ClO at low concentrations.
  • EXAMPLE 9 Foaming Power of Composition No. 2
  • the foaming properties are determined using a foaming power test according to the French standard NF-T-73-404 of November 1966.
  • the foam volumes are measured at 50 ° C. of the solutions to be studied and the foaming stability is also determined at 20 minutes.
  • a solution comprising, by weight, 99.9% of demineralised water and 0.1% of composition No. 2 is prepared.
  • a solution comprising, by weight, 99% of demineralized water and 0.1% of APP C12 / C14 glycosides described in Example No. 2 is also prepared.
  • surfactant compositions according to the invention have superior foaming properties and foaming stability to dodecyl and tetradecyl glycoside surfactants not containing amino acid derivatives (APP C 12 / Cl 4).
  • EXAMPLE 10 Emulsifying Properties of Composition No. 2
  • An emulsion is prepared by mixing, at 70 ° C., 1.5 g of emulsifying composition of Example No. 2, 3.75 g of oil (Miglyol 812N fatty acid triglycerides marketed by Hiils), and 19.75 g of osmosis water.
  • the emulsion is made by vigorous stirring (8000 rpm) using a mechanical stirrer for one minute. It is then rested for 15 hours at 20 ° C.
  • the stability of the emulsion is evaluated by determining the residual emulsion volume relative to the total volume after 30 minutes of centrifugation at 4000G.
  • composition No. 2 The emulsion produced from composition No. 2 is 100% stable after centrifugation.
  • EXAMPLE 11 Surfactant Properties of the Compositions Nos. 3, 4 and 5
  • the critical micellar concentration and the C20 are measured for each composition by the Wilhelmy blade technique at 25 ° C.
  • the critical micellar concentrations (CMC) and C20 as well as the surface tensions were determined at 25 ° C. using a K100 tensiometer marketed by KRUSS.
  • the surfactant solutions were made with ultra-permuted water.
  • the CMC, C20 and surface tension of a solution of alkyl glycosides obtained according to Example 1 of the application FR 2723858 will also be measured by way of comparison.
  • the wetting power is appreciated by measuring the wetting time of a cotton disc placed within a solution of surfactants at a defined concentration. 700 ml of a test solution containing 1 g / l of surfactant material in distilled water are placed in a beaker at a temperature of 25 ° C. The wetting time is determined experimentally with the aid of a stopwatch. Ten consecutive measurements were made with the same solution while taking care however to discard the used cotton discs after each measurement.
  • the comparative examples are carried out with glycosides having the same fatty chain from octanol and decanol (APP C8 / C10) and having not more than 0.5% of nitrogen according to the Kjeldhal method, and obtained according to US Pat. example No. 1 of the patent FR 2723858 (or Dl) Components / dry matter% by weight
  • octyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, Gl is the rest of the glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Decyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Octyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Decyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Octyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, G1 is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Decyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • Emulsions containing possibly increasing levels of salt are prepared by mixing at 70 ° C., 0.75 g of emulsifying composition (I g in the case of sunflower oil), 3.75 g of oil ( Miglyol 812N fatty acid triglycerides marketed by H ⁇ ls / sunflower oil / Dimethicone), and 20.375 g (20.125 g for sunflower oil) of osmosis water with varying amounts of salt.
  • the emulsions are made by vigorous stirring (8000 rpm) using a mechanical stirrer for one minute. They are then put to rest for 15 hours at 20 ° C.
  • the stability of the emulsions is evaluated by determining the residual emulsion volume relative to the total volume after 30 minutes of centrifugation at 4000G.
  • a comparative example is carried out with a self-emulsifying composition equivalent to composition No. 6 but not containing amino acid derivatives, as APP C 16 / Cl 8.
  • This composition is obtained by glycosylation of a mixture of hexadecanol and octadecanol with D-xylose according to the protocol of example 4 of patent EP 1027921. This protocol was applied at a xylose / fatty alcohol molar ratio to obtain a composition as described below.
  • hexadecyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a hexadecyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is 1 and b, c, d and e are 0.
  • Octadecyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is an octadecyl radical, G 1 is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
  • the emulsions are produced with proportions relative to the total weight of the emulsion of 3 to 4% of self-emulsifying base, ie 0.29 to 0.38% of surfactants (pentosides for APP C 16 / Cl 8 and pentosides and amino acid esters for composition No. 6).
  • the foaming properties are determined using a foaming power test according to the French standard NF-T-73-404 of November 1966.
  • a solution comprising, by weight, 99.9% of deionized water and 0.1% of composition No. 7 is prepared.
  • Composition No. 3 76.6 Readily biodegradable
  • composition No. 4 66 Readily biodegradable
  • composition No. 5 66 Readily biodegradable
  • the lipophilic phase (10 g of isostearyl isostearate from Gattefossé) which contains 4 g of composition No. 2 of Example 2 and the hydrophilic phase (86 g of osmosis water) are separately heated to a temperature of 7O 0 C.
  • the lipophilic phase is stirred vigorously using a mechanical stirrer (800 rpm) and thereto was added in 2 minutes the hydrophilic phase until the phase inversion characterized by an abrupt change viscosity. The addition can then be faster (1 minute).
  • the emulsion is allowed to cool with slow stirring (300 rpm) to a temperature of the order of 25 ° C.
  • composition No. 6 of Example 6 70 g of rapeseed oil of the company OLEON and 27 g of water osmosed at the same time at a temperature of 75 ° C. are heated and then allowed to homogenize (10,000 rpm) at the same temperature for 2 minutes and finally allowed to cool with slow stirring (300 rpm) to a temperature of about 25 0 C. This emulsion remains stable for 2 months in a drying oven. 45 ° C.
  • EXAMPLE 18 Preparation of a Concentrated Phytosanitary Emulsion from Composition According to the Invention
  • composition No. 6 of Example 6 70 g of rapeseed methyl ester (from the company OLEON) and 26 g of water osmosed at the same time at a temperature of 75 ° C. are heated and then homogenized. using a mechanical stirrer (10000 rpm) at the same temperature for 2 minutes and finally allowed to cool with slow stirring (300 rpm) to a temperature of about 25 ° C. This emulsion remains stable for 2 months in an oven at 45 ° C.
  • Aloe vera 1 0%
  • EXAMPLE 23 Liquid detergent composition from a composition according to the invention

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Birds (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Detergent Compositions (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
  • Cosmetics (AREA)

Abstract

The invention relates to a composition containing at least one alkyl glycoside and at least one alcohol ester of amino acid, peptide or protein.

Description

NOUVELLES COMPOSITIONS A BASE DE GL YCOSIDES D'ALKYLE, PROCEDE POUR LEUR PREPARATION ET UTILISATION COMME AGENTS NEW COMPOSITIONS BASED ON ALKYL GLYCOSIDES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND USE AS AGENTS
TENSIOACTIFSSURFACE
La présente invention a pour objet une nouvelle famille de compositions à base de glycosides d'alkyle et d'esters alcooliques d'acides aminés, de peptides ou de protéines.The present invention relates to a novel family of compositions based on alkyl glycosides and alcoholic esters of amino acids, peptides or proteins.
Un autre aspect de l'invention concerne un mode avantageux de préparation de ces compositions.Another aspect of the invention relates to an advantageous mode of preparation of these compositions.
Enfin, l'invention concerne également l'utilisation des compositions comme agents tensioactifs, notamment dans les domaines de la détergence, de l'agrochimie et de la cosmétique.Finally, the invention also relates to the use of the compositions as surface-active agents, in particular in the fields of detergency, agrochemistry and cosmetics.
Les glycosides ou polyglycosides d'alkyle sont des composés tensioactifs non ioniques bien connus (J.A.C.S. 60, 2076, 1938 ; US 6156543 ; US 5688930). Ils peuvent être utilisés seuls ou en association avec d'autres tensioactifs dans un large domaine d'applications industrielles. Les propriétés recherchées par les utilisateurs dépendent essentiellement des secteurs d'applications.Alkyl glycosides or polyglycosides are well known nonionic surfactant compounds (J.A.C.S. 60, 2076, 1938; US 6156543; US 5688930). They can be used alone or in combination with other surfactants in a wide range of industrial applications. The properties sought by users depend essentially on the application sectors.
Par exemple, les glycosides d'alkyle sont utilisés comme agents tensioactifs dans la formulation de détergents, de produits cosmétiques ou de formulations agrochimiques.For example, alkyl glycosides are used as surfactants in the formulation of detergents, cosmetics or agrochemical formulations.
La détergence constitue un secteur important d'utilisation de glycosides d'alkyle. Cette utilisation est motivée entre autre par la recherche d'un pouvoir tensioactif performant, par la génération de volumes de mousse importants, par la recherche de propriétés de solubilisation de composés non hydrosolubles et par une écotoxicité et une biodégradabilité favorables.Detergent is an important sector of use of alkyl glycosides. This use is motivated inter alia by the search for a high surfactant power, by the generation of large foam volumes, by the search for solubilization properties of non-water-soluble compounds and by a favorable ecotoxicity and biodegradability.
Les glycosides d'alkyle sont notamment utilisés en tant qu'agent émulsionnant dans la fabrication d'émulsions, de mini-émulsions ou de microémulsions à phase continue aqueuse ou huileuse (US 6087403, US 6596779, WO 2005110588, WO 2005121294). Les émulsions sont connues et largement utilisées dans l'industrie soit comme matériaux à consommer, soit à appliquer sur des surfaces en tant que vecteurs d'agents non solubles dans l'eau. On retrouve des émulsions en cosmétique (laits, crèmes, pommades), en cuisine (sauces, crèmes), en galénique (pommades, crèmes), en peinture (peinture sans odeur), dans l'industrie routière (bitume en émulsion), en agrochimie (produits phytosanitaires), en détergence, dans le laminage, la sidérurgie et dans la fabrication de dépôts divers (imprimerie, adhésifs ...). En cosmétique et en pharmacie, pour la conception de produits d'hygiène ou de soins, les émulsions constituent un moyen efficace pour obtenir la combinaison harmonieuse d'ingrédients de nature et de propriétés différentes en une présentation homogène et facile d'emploi. De nombreux composés phytosanitaires sont insolubles dans l'eau et, étant préalablement solubilisés dans un solvant organique, ils pourront être émulsionnés dans l'eau au moment de l'application ou de la formulation par un choix approprié d'émulsionnants de type glycosides d'alkyle.Alkyl glycosides are especially used as an emulsifier in the manufacture of emulsions, mini-emulsions or microemulsions with an aqueous or oily continuous phase (US 6087403, US 6596779, WO 2005110588, WO 2005121294). Emulsions are known and widely used in industry either as materials to be consumed or to be applied to surfaces as non-water soluble agents. We find emulsions in cosmetics (milks, creams, ointments), in cooking (sauces, creams), in galenics (ointments, creams), in paint (paint without odor), in the road industry (bitumen in emulsion), in agrochemicals (phytosanitary products), detergents, rolling mills, steelmaking and the manufacture of various deposits (printing, adhesives, etc.). In cosmetics and pharmacy, for the design of hygiene or care products, emulsions are an effective way to obtain the harmonious combination of ingredients of different nature and properties in a homogeneous and easy-to-use presentation. Many phytosanitary compounds are insoluble in water and, being previously solubilized in an organic solvent, they can be emulsified in water at the time of application or formulation by a suitable choice of glycoside-type emulsifiers. alkyl.
Cependant, parmi ces secteurs d'applications, il existe de nombreux cas pour lesquelles les glycosides d'alkyle présentent des lacunes techniques.However, among these areas of application, there are many cases for which the alkyl glycosides have technical deficiencies.
Par exemple, le bon pouvoir moussant des glycosides d'alkyle constitue une tare dans le nettoyage de surfaces par auto-laveuse, par lance haute pression ou alors dans les opérations de « lavage en place » de l'industrie agroalimentaire, de lavage de bouteilles ou de lavage automatique de la vaisselle. Pour ces applications, les volumes de mousses interfèrent avec le lavage et le rinçage et diminue l'efficacité des opérations. Ainsi, le formulateur devra ajouter au détergent à base de polygycosides d'alkyle un composé à propriétés non moussantes ou « anti-mousses » permettant de diminuer le phénomène. Les agents anti-mousses généralement utilisés sont d'origine pétrochimique et onéreux. Ils présentent également un profil environnemental peu acceptable. Il existe donc un besoin pour de nouvelles compositions à base de glycosides d'alkyle dont les capacités moussantes peuvent être contrôlées.For example, the good foaming power of alkyl glycosides is a tare in the cleaning of surfaces by auto-washer, high-pressure lance or in the "washing in place" operations of the food industry, washing bottles or automatic washing of dishes. For these applications, foam volumes interfere with washing and rinsing and decrease the efficiency of operations. Thus, the formulator will have to add to the detergent based on alkyl polyglycosides a compound with non-foaming properties or "anti-foams" to reduce the phenomenon. The anti-foam agents generally used are of petrochemical origin and expensive. They also have an unacceptable environmental profile. There is therefore a need for new compositions based on alkyl glycosides whose foaming capacity can be controlled.
Dans ce même type d'application, les glycosides d'alkyle présentent parfois une instabilité à la dilution ce qui entraîne une perte de l'efficacité des détergents, notamment au niveau de l'activité tensioactive. Il existe donc toujours un besoin pour de nouvelles compositions à base de glycosides d'alkyle stables et dont l'efficacité permet d'abaisser la tension de surface aux basses concentrations.In this same type of application, the alkyl glycosides sometimes exhibit instability at dilution which results in a loss of the effectiveness of the detergents, in particular with regard to the surfactant activity. There is therefore still a need for new compositions based on stable alkyl glycosides whose efficiency makes it possible to lower the surface tension at low concentrations.
Dans d'autres secteurs, les glycosides d'alkyle ne permettent pas toujours de formuler des émulsions suffisamment stables dans le temps (WO 92/06778, WO 95/13863, WO/9822207). Ces émulsions sont également connues pour ne pas tolérer la présence d'électrolytes. Le formulateur, pour pallier ce défaut, combinera son système émulsionnant avec des additifs tels que des polymères ou des complexants onéreux et difficiles à mettre en oeuvre. Il existe donc également un besoin pour des compositions à base de glycosides d'alkyle dont le pouvoir émulsionnant est amélioré, notamment en présence d'électrolyte.In other sectors, alkyl glycosides do not always make it possible to formulate emulsions that are sufficiently stable over time (WO 92/06778, WO 95/13863, WO / 9822207). These emulsions are also known to not tolerate the presence of electrolytes. The formulator, to overcome this defect, will combine its emulsifying system with additives such as polymers or complexing agents that are expensive and difficult to implement. There is therefore also a need for compositions based on alkyl glycosides whose emulsifying power is improved, especially in the presence of electrolyte.
Lors de ses recherches ayant pour objectif de préparer des agents tensioactifs à performances améliorées par rapport aux glycosides d'alkyle de l'état de l'art, la demanderesse s'est aperçue que les propriétés des glycosides d'alkyle pouvaient être améliorées par une association avec des esters alcooliques d'acide aminés, de peptides ou de protéines.In its research to prepare surfactants with improved performance over alkyl glycosides of the state of the art, the Applicant has found that the properties of alkyl glycosides can be improved by association with alcoholic esters of amino acids, peptides or proteins.
La présente invention concerne également un mode avantageux d'obtention de ces compositions.The present invention also relates to an advantageous mode of obtaining these compositions.
Enfin, l'invention concerne les utilisations de ces compositions en tant qu'agent tensioactifs pour la préparation de détergents, de cosmétiques ou de formulations agrochimiques.Finally, the invention relates to the uses of these compositions as surfactants for the preparation of detergents, cosmetics or agrochemical formulations.
Un premier aspect de l'invention concerne de nouvelles compositions à base de glycosides d'alkyle dont les propriétés physico-chimiques et la biodégradabilité sont améliorées par la présence d'au moins un composé choisi parmi les esters alcooliques d'acide aminé, de peptide ou de protéine.A first aspect of the invention relates to new compositions based on alkyl glycosides whose physicochemical properties and biodegradability are improved by the presence of at least one compound chosen from alcoholic acid amino acid, peptide or protein.
Les compositions selon l'invention sont notamment caractérisées en ce qu'elles comprennent : i) de 70 à 99 % en poids de Ia composition d'au moins un composé de formule (1)The compositions according to the invention are characterized in that they comprise: i) from 70 to 99% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (1)
R10(Gl)a(G2)b(G3)c(G4)d(G5)e (1) dans laquelle :R10 (Gl) a (G2) b (G3) c (G4) d (G5) e (1) wherein:
• Rl est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 1 à 36 atomes de carbone, de préférence ayant de 4 à 22 atomes de carboneR1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms, preferably having from 4 to 22 carbon atoms;
• Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 sont indépendamment les uns des autres, les restes d'un ose choisi parmi les hexoses, Parabinose et le xylose• Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose selected from hexoses, parabinose and xylose
• a, b, c, d et e étant égaux à 0 ou à 1, la somme de a, b, c, d et e étant au moins égale à 1 ii) de 1 à 30 % en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formule (2) ou un de ses sels,Where a, b, c, d and e are equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1 ii) from 1 to 30% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
H-(X-CHR2-CO)n-O-R3 (2) dans laquelle :H- (X-CHR2-CO) n-O-R3 (2) in which:
• lorsque X = NH, alors R2 est un radical choisi parmi : -CH3, -(CH2)3-NH- C(NH)-NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH, -(CH2)2-CO- NH2, -(CH2)2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2-(C3H3N2), -CH(CH3)-CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH(CH3)-CH3, -(CH2)4-NH2, -(CH2)2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, - CH(OH)-CH3, -CH2-(C8H6N), -CH2-(C6H4)-OH, -CH(CH3)-CH3 • et lorsque X = N, alors R2 est le radical cyclique suivant : -(CH2)2-Y- , Y représentant un groupement méthylène -CH2- relié à XWhen X = NH, then R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3 And when X = N, then R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
• R3, étant éventuellement identique à Rl, est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 1 à 36 atomes de carbone, de préférence ayant de 4 à 22 atomes de carboneR3, being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms, preferably having from 4 to 22 carbon atoms;
• n étant un nombre entier supérieure ou égale à 1 ; et lorsque n est supérieur à 1, alors R2 représente plusieurs radicaux tels que définis ci-dessus identiques ou différents les uns des autres.Where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other.
Pour les composés de formule (1) :For the compounds of formula (1):
On préférera notamment pour Rl, les radicaux de type alkyl et particulièrement ceux dérivés d'alcools ou d'acides primaires ou secondaires ayant de 1 à 36 atomes de carbone, de préférence ayant de 4 à 22 atomes de carbone. Des exemples typiques de radicaux alkyls sont les radicaux méthyl, éthyl, butyl, octyl, décyl ainsi que les radicaux provenant des alcools ou acides caprique, laurique, myristique, palmitique, stéarique, oléique et érucique et plus généralement les radicaux issus d'acides d'origine végétale ou d'alcools synthétisés par hydrogénation des acides gras ou esters d'acides gras d'origine végétale ou encore les radicaux provenant des alcools d'origine terpénique comme le citronellol, le géraniol ou le tétrahydrogéraniol. On pourra également choisir des radicaux alkyls provenant d'alcools techniques comme les alcools de Guerbet, ou encore ceux issus de l'hydrogénation d'aldéhydes d'origine pétrochimique.Particularly preferred for R 1 are alkyl radicals and particularly those derived from alcohols or primary or secondary acids having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms, preferably having from 4 to 22 carbon atoms. Typical examples of alkyl radicals are the methyl, ethyl, butyl, octyl and decyl radicals, as well as the radicals derived from alcohols or capric, lauric, myristic, palmitic, stearic, oleic and erucic acids and more generally the radicals derived from carboxylic acids. vegetable origin or alcohols synthesized by hydrogenation of fatty acids or esters of fatty acids of vegetable origin or radicals from alcohols of terpene origin such as citronellol, geraniol or tetrahydrogeraniol. It is also possible to choose alkyl radicals from technical alcohols such as Guerbet alcohols, or those derived from the hydrogenation of aldehydes of petrochemical origin.
On préférera pour Gl, G2, G3, G4 et G5, les restes de sucres réducteurs, notamment des hexoses et ou des pentoses, tels que le glucose, le galactose, le mannose, le sorbose, l'arabinose ou le xylose. Les sucres réducteurs pourront notamment provenir de l'hydrolyse d'oligosaccharides ou de polysaccharides.For Gl, G2, G3, G4 and G5, the remnants of reducing sugars, in particular hexoses and or pentoses, such as glucose, galactose, mannose, sorbose, arabinose or xylose, are preferred. The reducing sugars may in particular be derived from the hydrolysis of oligosaccharides or polysaccharides.
Les glycosides ou polyglycosides d'alkyle utilisés dans la présente invention pourront être synthétisés par les nombreuses méthodes de chimie organique connues à ce jour. Par exemple, une voie classiquement utilisée pour la préparation de glycosides d'alkyle est une réaction d'acétalisation. Cette méthode consiste à mettre en contact un ou plusieurs sucres réducteurs et un ou plusieurs alcools en excès (ratio molaire sucres/alcools compris entre 1/1,5 et 1/10) en présence d'une quantité catalytique d'acide (de 0,1 à 5% en poids par rapport au poids des sucres engagé), à une température comprise entre 50 et 140 0C pendant une durée de 15 minutes à 6 heures et à éliminer l'eau du milieu réactionnel jusqu'à obtention d'une solution de glycosides d'alkyle et éventuellement à séparer les glycosides d'alkyle de cette solution.The alkyl glycosides or polyglycosides used in the present invention may be synthesized by the many methods of organic chemistry known to date. For example, a route conventionally used for the preparation of alkyl glycosides is an acetalization reaction. This method consists in bringing into contact one or more reducing sugars and one or more excess alcohols (molar ratio of sugars / alcohols between 1 / 1.5 and 1/10) in the presence of a catalytic amount of acid (from 0 , 1 to 5% by weight relative to the weight of the sugars engaged), at a temperature of between 50 and 140 0 C for a period of 15 minutes to 6 hours and to remove water from the reaction medium to obtain a solution of alkyl glycosides and optionally to separate the alkyl glycosides from this solution.
On préférera utiliser comme catalyseur acide, l'acide sulfurique, un acide sulfonique tel que l'acide méthanesulfonique, l'acide chlorhydrique, l'acide hypophosphoreux ou tout autre catalyseur acide permettant d'effectuer la réaction.We prefer to use as the acid catalyst, sulfuric acid, sulfonic acid such as methanesulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid, hypophosphorous acid or any other acid catalyst for effecting the reaction.
On préférera effectuer la réaction en absence totale de solvants, mais on peut le cas échéant utiliser un solvant tel qu'un éther oxyde comme le tétrahydrofurane, l'oxyde diéthylique, le 1,4-dioxane, l'oxyde isopropylique, le méthyl-tertiobutyl éther, l'éthyl- tertiobutyl éther ou le diglyme, un hydrocarbure halogène ou un solvant de la famille des amides tel que la N,N-diméthylformamide, un alcane comme l'hexane ou un solvant aromatique tel que le toluène.It is preferable to carry out the reaction in the total absence of solvents, but it is possible, if appropriate, to use a solvent such as an ether-oxide such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, isopropyl ether, methyl- tert-butyl ether, ethyl tert-butyl ether or diglyme, a halogenated hydrocarbon or a solvent of the amide family such as N, N-dimethylformamide, an alkane such as hexane or an aromatic solvent such as toluene.
Pour recueillir le mélange de glycosides d'alkyle on pourra éliminer le solvant de réaction, s'il est présent. On pourra ensuite neutraliser le catalyseur acide puis filtrer la solution. On effectuera la neutralisation, par exemple, par un hydrogénocarbonate ou un carbonate de métal alcalin ou alcalino-terreux, notamment P-hydrogénocarbonate de sodium, par un hydroxyde de métal alcalin ou alcalino-terreux, notamment la soude, ou par une base organique telle que la triéthanolamine.To recover the mixture of alkyl glycosides the reaction solvent can be removed, if it is present. The acid catalyst can then be neutralized and the solution filtered. The neutralization will be carried out, for example, with an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydrogencarbonate or carbonate, especially sodium hydrogen carbonate, with an alkali or alkaline earth metal hydroxide, in particular sodium hydroxide, or with an organic base such as than triethanolamine.
On pourra ensuite purifier les glycosides d'alkyle soit par évaporation des alcools en excès sous vide compris entre 0,1 et 100 mbars à une température comprise entre 60 et 200 °C, de préférence au moyen d'un évaporateur couche mince, soit par chromatographie sur colonne de gel de silice, d'alumine, de charbon actif ou sur résine échangeuse d'ions, soit par cristallisation dans un solvant.It may then be purified glycosides alkyl or by evaporation of excess alcohol under vacuum of between 0.1 and 100 mbar to a temperature of between 60 and 200 ° C, preferably using a thin film evaporator or by column chromatography on silica gel, alumina, activated charcoal or ion exchange resin, or by crystallization in a solvent.
Si besoin, on pourra décolorer les glycosides d'alkyle en ajoutant à une température comprise entre 15 et 100 0C, 0,05 à 10 % en poids et de préférence de 0,5 à 8 % en poids de peroxyde d'hydrogène, de peroxodisulfates de métaux alcalins ou alcalino-terreux, de perborates, de persulfates, de perphosphates, de percarbonates, d'ozone ou encore de periodates. On préférera le peroxyde d'hydrogène à 30 ou 50 %.If necessary, the alkyl glycosides can be decolorized by adding, at a temperature of between 15 and 100 ° C., 0.05 to 10% by weight and preferably from 0.5 to 8% by weight of hydrogen peroxide, alkali or alkaline earth metal peroxodisulphates, perborates, persulfates, perphosphates, percarbonates, ozone or even periodates. Hydrogen peroxide will be preferred at 30 or 50%.
Les glycosides d'alkyle peuvent être préparés à partir de sources de sucres purs ou en mélange. En conséquence, on pourra préparer des compositions à base de glucosides d'alkyle, de xylosides d'alkyle, d'arabinosides d'alkyle ou de mélanges de ces trois types de glycosides d'alkyle. Ainsi, les glycosides d'alkyle utilisés pour la préparation des compositions pourront notamment correspondre aux tensioactifs ou compositions décrits dans les brevets US 6156543, US 5688930, US 6596779, US 6087403, WO 2005110588 et WO 2005121294 au nom de la demanderesse. On préférera donc utiliser des glycosides d'alkyle obtenus à partir de sirops de sucres réducteurs dérivés de matières premières végétales riches en amidon et en hémicelluloses, ou de produits ou co-produits d'origine agricole tels que la bagasse, les co-produits du maïs (son, fibres et drèches de maïs), des coproduits du sorgho, des co-produits de l'orge (son), des co-produits du riz ou des coproduits du blé, de l'avoine (son et paille) contenants des polymères d'hexoses et de pentoses. On préférera également les mélanges de glycosides d'alkyle issus du son et de la paille de blé ou des sons, fibres et drèches de maïs et comportant de 1 à 99 % en poids d'hexosides d'alkyle par rapport à l'ensemble des glycosides et de 1 à 99 % en poids de pentosides d'alkyle.The alkyl glycosides can be prepared from sources of pure or mixed sugars. Accordingly, compositions based on alkyl glucosides, alkyl xylosides, alkyl arabinosides or mixtures of these three types of alkyl glycosides can be prepared. Thus, the alkyl glycosides used for the preparation of the compositions may in particular correspond to the surfactants or compositions described in US 6156543, US 5688930, US 6596779, US 6087403, WO 2005110588 and WO 2005121294 in the name of the applicant. We therefore prefer to use glycosides alkyls obtained from reducing sugar syrups derived from vegetable raw materials rich in starch and hemicellulose, or products or co-products of agricultural origin such as bagasse, co-products of corn (bran, fibers and corn stover), sorghum co-products, co-products of barley (bran), co-products of rice or co-products of wheat, oats (bran and straw) containing hexose polymers and pentoses. Mixtures of alkyl glycosides derived from wheat bran and wheat straw or corn bran, fibers and fibers and comprising from 1 to 99% by weight of alkyl hexosides in respect of all glycosides and from 1 to 99% by weight of alkyl pentosides.
Le degré de polymérisation moyen (DPm) des glycosides d'alkyle utilisés dans l'invention est compris de préférence entre 1 et 5 et plus particulièrement entre 1 et 3.The average degree of polymerization (DP m ) of the alkyl glycosides used in the invention is preferably between 1 and 5 and more particularly between 1 and 3.
Les glycosides d'alkyle utilisés se présenteront sous la forme de solutions aqueuses présentant préférentiellement une matière sèche de 30 à 90 % en poids. Ils pourront également se présenter, selon la nature de l'alcool ou du mélange d'alcools utilisé pour la synthèse, sous la forme d'une cire solide, pâteuse ou liquide, éventuellement en mélange avec l'alcool ou les alcools gras de départ.The alkyl glycosides used will be in the form of aqueous solutions preferably having a solids content of 30 to 90% by weight. Depending on the nature of the alcohol or mixture of alcohols used for the synthesis, they may also be in the form of a solid, pasty or liquid wax, optionally mixed with the alcohol or the starting fatty alcohols. .
Par composé de formule (2) ou un de ses sels, on entend que tout composé de formule (2) pourra se présenter sous une forme de sel de sa fonction aminé. Il peut s'agir notamment de sel d'ammonium dont le contre ion est un halogénure comme par exemple l'ion chlorure, un bromure, un iodure, un sulfate, un alkylsulphate comme par exemple CH3OSO3-, un alkylsulphonate comme par exemple CH3SO3-, CH3C6H4SO3-, un phosphate, un alkylphosphate, un nitrate, un hydroxyde, un alcoolate ou un carboxylate.By compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof is meant that any compound of formula (2) may be in a salt form of its amine function. It may in particular be an ammonium salt whose counterion is a halide such as, for example, the chloride ion, a bromide, an iodide, a sulphate, an alkylsulphate such as, for example, CH 3 OSO 3 -, an alkyl sulphonate, for example Example CH 3 SO 3 -, CH 3 C 6 H 4 SO 3 -, a phosphate, an alkylphosphate, a nitrate, a hydroxide, an alkoxide or a carboxylate.
Le composé de formule (2) pourra se présenter sous sa forme « aminé libre » ou sous une forme partiellement ou totalement salifiée.The compound of formula (2) may be in its "free amine" form or in a partially or totally salified form.
Les composés de formule (2) sont connus de l'état de l'art, ils peuvent notamment être obtenus par estérification de composés de formule (3) selon les procédures de l'état de l'art ou de leurs sels, en présence d'un alcool de formule R3OH avec R3 tel que défini précédemment.The compounds of formula (2) are known from the state of the art, they can in particular be obtained by esterification of compounds of formula (3) according to the procedures of the state of the art or of their salts, in the presence an alcohol of formula R 3 OH with R 3 as defined above.
H-(X-CHR2-CO)n-OH (3)H- (X-CHR2-CO) n-OH (3)
Les composés de formule (3) tels que :Compounds of formula (3) such as:
• lorsque X = NH, alors R2 est un radical choisi parmi : -CH3, -(CH2)3-NH- C(NH)-NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH, -(CH2)2-CO- NH2, -(CH2)2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2-(C3H3N2), -CH(CH3)-CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH(CH3)-CH3, -(CH2)4-NH2, -(CH2)2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, - CH(OH)-CH3, -CH2-(C8H6N), -CH2-(C6H4)-OH, -CH(CH3)-CH3When X = NH, then R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH2) 2-CO-NH2, - (CH2) 2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2- (C3H3N2), -CH (CH3) -CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH (CH3) -CH3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) -OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
• et lorsque X = N, alors R2 est le radical cyclique suivant : -(CH2)2-Y- , Y représentant un groupement méthylène -CH2- relié à XAnd when X = N, then R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
• n étant un nombre entier supérieure ou égale à 1 ; et lorsque n est supérieur à 1, alors R2 représente plusieurs radicaux tels que définis ci-dessus identiques ou différents les uns des autres.Where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other.
Lorsque n est égal à 1, le composé de formule (3) représente un acide aminé choisi parmi la glycine, l'alanine, la serine, l'acide aspartique, l'acide glutamique, la glutamine, la valine, la thréonine, l'arginine, la lysine, la proline, la leucine, la phénylalanine, l'isoleucine, l'histidine, la tyrosine, le tryptophane, l'asparagine, la cystéine, la cystine, la méthionine, l'hydroxyproline, l'hydroxylysine, l'omithine.When n is 1, the compound of formula (3) represents an amino acid selected from glycine, alanine, serine, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, glutamine, valine, threonine, arginine, lysine, proline, leucine, phenylalanine, isoleucine, histidine, tyrosine, tryptophan, asparagine, cysteine, cystine, methionine, hydroxyproline, hydroxylysine, ornithine.
Lorsque n est supérieur à 1, le composé de formule (3) représente un peptide ou une protéine.When n is greater than 1, the compound of formula (3) represents a peptide or a protein.
Ces acides aminés, peptides ou protéines peuvent être d'origine animale, comme par exemple, le collagène, l'élastine, la protéine de chair de poissons, la gélatine de poissons, la kératine ou la caséine.These amino acids, peptides or proteins may be of animal origin, such as, for example, collagen, elastin, fish flesh protein, fish gelatin, keratin or casein.
On préférera cependant les acides aminés, peptides et protéines d'origine végétale, telles que, par exemple, ceux issus du soja, du colza, du tournesol, de l'avoine, du blé, du maïs, de l'orge, de la pomme de terre, de la luzerne, du lupin, de la féverolle, de l'amande douce, de la soie, et plus généralement, ceux provenant de toute matière végétale ligno- cellulosique constituant l'essentiel des plantes annuelles et pérennes.However, amino acids, peptides and proteins of vegetable origin, such as, for example, those derived from soybean, rapeseed, sunflower, oats, wheat, maize, barley, potato, alfalfa, lupine, faba bean, sweet almond, silk, and more generally, those derived from all lignocellulosic plant material constituting the bulk of annual and perennial plants.
On entend par plante annuelle toute plante ayant une vie végétative de l'ordre d'une année (comme les céréales et graminées diverses, le chanvre, le lin, la canne à sucre...) et par plante pérenne, des plantes dont le développement s'étend sur une période plus longue (comme les bambous, les bois feuillus, bois résineux...).Annual plant means any plant with a vegetative life of the order of a year (such as cereals and various grasses, hemp, flax, sugar cane ...) and perennial plant, plants whose development extends over a longer period (such as bamboo, hardwoods, softwoods ...).
Les matières ligno-cellulosiques désignent les plantes entières ou des parties des dites plantes (tiges, écorses, ...) ou des co-produits de filière industrielle de production à finalité alimentaire (paille de blé, riz orge, bagasse de canne à sucre, bagasse de sorgho sucrier...).Ligno-cellulosic material refers to whole plants or parts of the said plants (stems, bark, ...) or by-products of the industrial sector of production for food purposes (wheat straw, barley rice, bagasse of sugar cane bagasse sorghum sugar ...).
Les acides aminés ou peptides pourront être eux-même obtenus par hydrolyse totale ou partielle d'une protéine de toute origine. Cette hydrolyse peut être réalisée par exemple par chauffage à des températures comprises entre 60 et 130°C d'une protéine placée dans un milieu acide ou alcalin. Elle pourra également être réalisée par voie enzymatique à l'aide d'une protéase.The amino acids or peptides may themselves be obtained by total or partial hydrolysis of a protein of any origin. This hydrolysis can be carried out for example by heating at temperatures between 60 and 130 ° C. of a protein placed in an acidic or alkaline medium. It can also be carried out enzymatically using a protease.
On réalisera la réaction d'estérification des acides aminés, peptides ou protéines par les méthodes connues de l'homme de métier. On citera par exemple, parmi les méthodes connues de l'état de l'art, les méthodes enzymatiques décrites dans les brevets WO 9318180 et WO 9517518, ou alors les méthodes chimiques décrites dans « Interfacial phenomena in biological Systems, édition M. Bender, la méthode décrite dans J. Biol. Chem. 161, 259-269, 1945 ou dans le brevet US 5780658.The esterification reaction of the amino acids, peptides or proteins will be carried out by the methods known to those skilled in the art. For example, among the known methods of the state of the art, the enzymatic methods described in the patents WO 9318180 and WO 9517518, or the chemical methods described in "Interfacial phenomena in biological systems, edition M. Bender, the method described in J. Biol. Chem. 161, 259-269, 1945 or in US Patent 5780658.
On préférera cependant synthétiser les composés de formule (2) par la méthode suivante qui consiste à mettre en contact un ou plusieurs composés de formule (3) et un ou plusieurs alcools de formule R3OH en excès (ratio molaire (3)/R3OH compris entre 1 et 1/10) en présence d'une quantité d'acide (ratio molaire acide/(3) compris entre 1,1 et 2), à une température comprise entre 50 et 200 °C pendant une durée de 15 minutes à 12 heures et à éliminer l'eau du milieu réactionnel jusqu'à obtention d'une solution d'esters de formule (2) et éventuellement à séparer les esters de cette solution.It will be preferred, however, to synthesize the compounds of formula (2) by the following method which consists in bringing into contact one or more compounds of formula (3) and one or more alcohols of formula R 3 OH in excess (molar ratio (3) / R 3 OH between 1 and 1/10) in the presence of a quantity of acid (acid / (3) molar ratio between 1.1 and 2), at a temperature of between 50 and 200 ° C. for a period of 15 minutes at 12. hours and remove the water from the reaction medium until a solution of esters of formula (2) and optionally to separate the esters of this solution.
On préférera utiliser comme catalyseur acide, l'acide sulfurique, un acide sulfonique tel que l'acide méthanesulfonique, l'acide chlorhydrique, l'acide hypophosphoreux ou tout autre catalyseur acide permettant d'effectuer la réaction.It is preferred to use as the acid catalyst, sulfuric acid, a sulfonic acid such as methanesulfonic acid, hydrochloric acid, hypophosphorous acid or any other acid catalyst for carrying out the reaction.
On préférera effectuer la réaction en absence totale de solvant, mais on peut le cas échéant utiliser un solvant tel qu'un éther oxyde comme le tétrahydrofurane, l'oxyde diéthylique, le 1,4-dioxane, l'oxyde isopropylique, le méthyl-tertiobutyl éther, l'éthyl- tertiobutyl éther ou le diglyme, un hydrocarbure halogène ou un solvant de la famille des amides tel que la N,N-diméthylformamide, un alcane comme l'hexane ou un solvant aromatique tel que le toluène.It is preferable to carry out the reaction in the total absence of a solvent, but it is possible, if appropriate, to use a solvent such as an ether ether such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, isopropyl ether, methyl- tert-butyl ether, ethyl tert-butyl ether or diglyme, a halogenated hydrocarbon or a solvent of the amide family such as N, N-dimethylformamide, an alkane such as hexane or an aromatic solvent such as toluene.
Pour recueillir l'ester ou le mélange d'esters de formule (2) on pourra éliminer le solvant de réaction, s'il est présent. On pourra ensuite neutraliser le catalyseur acide puis filtrer la solution. On effectuera la neutralisation, par exemple, par un hydrogénocarbonate ou un carbonate de métal alcalin ou alcalino-terreux, notamment l' hydrogénocarbonate de sodium, par un hydroxyde de métal alcalin ou alcalino-terreux, notamment la soude, ou par une base organique telle que la triéthanolamine.In order to recover the ester or the mixture of esters of formula (2), the reaction solvent may be removed, if it is present. The acid catalyst can then be neutralized and the solution filtered. The neutralization, for example, with an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydrogencarbonate or carbonate, especially sodium hydrogen carbonate, with an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxide, especially sodium hydroxide, or with an organic base such as than triethanolamine.
On pourra ensuite purifier l'ester ou le mélange d'esters de formule (2) soit par évaporation des alcools en excès sous vide compris entre 0,1 et 100 mbars à une température comprise entre 60 et 200 0C, de préférence au moyen d'un évaporateur couche mince, soit par chromatographie sur colonne de gel de silice, d'alumine, de charbon actif ou sur résine échangeuse d'ions, soit par cristallisation dans un solvant.The ester or mixture of esters of formula (2) can then be purified either by evaporation of the excess alcohols in a vacuum of between 0.1 and 100 mbar at a temperature of between 60 and 200 ° C., preferably by means of a layer evaporator thin, either by column chromatography on silica gel, alumina, activated charcoal or ion exchange resin, or by crystallization in a solvent.
On pourra caractériser les composés de formule (2) par l'établissement des masses moléculaires par spectrométrie de masse. On pourra déterminer également leur concentration par dosage de l'azote selon la méthode connue de Kjeldahl par exemple.The compounds of formula (2) can be characterized by the establishment of molecular masses by mass spectrometry. Their concentration can also be determined by nitrogen determination according to the known Kjeldahl method, for example.
Le second aspect de l'invention vise un procédé de préparation avantageux des compositions selon l'invention.The second aspect of the invention is a process for the advantageous preparation of the compositions according to the invention.
Pour rappel, il existe déjà dans l'état de l'art des procédés de préparation de compositions tensioactives à partir de matériaux végétaux. Ces compositions sont majoritairement composées de pentosides d'alkyle mais ne comprennent qu'une très faible quantité de composés de type esters d'acide aminé, de peptides ou de protéines. Les brevets EP 0699472 (que nous appèlerons document Dl), et le brevet WO 9729115 (que nous appèlerons document D2) au nom de la demanderesse, décrivent des procédés de préparation de tensioactif glycosidés qui consistent à mettre en contact du son de blé avec une solution aqueuse acide et / ou un complexe enzymatique. Ainsi, on obtient un jus de pentoses dont il faut éliminer le marc (résidu ligno-cellulosique). Le jus débarrassé de son marc doit ensuite être concentré (distillation de l'eau) avant d'être utilisé en glycosylation d'un alcool ayant de 6 à 22 atomes de carbone, ce qui permet d'obtenir un mélange de pentosides. L'obtention des pentosides à partir des pentoses se fait par une première réaction de glycosylation par du butanol puis par une transglycosylation avec un alcools gras. Les compositions obtenues comme aux exemples 1 de Dl et D2, ne contiennent pas plus de 0,5 % d'esters d'acides aminés, de peptides ou de protéines, puisque leurs taux d'azote, mesurés à l'aide de la méthode de l'azote Kjeldhal ne sont pas supérieurs à 0,01% en poids par rapport à la composition tensioactive.As a reminder, there are already in the state of the art processes for preparing surfactant compositions from plant materials. These compositions are predominantly composed of alkyl pentosides but comprise only a very small amount of compounds of amino acid esters, peptides or proteins type. Patents EP 0699472 (which we will call Dl document), and Patent WO 9729115 (which we will call D2 document) in the name of the applicant, describe processes for the preparation of glycoside surfactants which consist in bringing wheat bran into contact with a wheat. acidic aqueous solution and / or an enzymatic complex. Thus, a pentose juice is obtained which must be removed from the marc (lignocellulosic residue). The juice freed from its marc must then be concentrated (distillation of water) before being used in glycosylation of an alcohol having from 6 to 22 carbon atoms, which makes it possible to obtain a mixture of pentosides. The pentosides are obtained from the pentoses by a first glycosylation reaction with butanol and then by transglycosylation with a fatty alcohol. The compositions obtained as in Examples 1 of D1 and D2 do not contain more than 0.5% of amino acid esters, peptides or proteins, since their nitrogen levels, measured using the method Kjeldhal nitrogen is not greater than 0.01% by weight with respect to the surfactant composition.
La série d'opérations unitaires détaillée par l'exemple 1 du document Dl est rappelée ci-dessous :The series of unit operations detailed by example 1 of the document D1 is recalled below:
1 : Son de blé : dilution dans l'eau et catalyseur acide => réaction d'hydrolyse des pentosanes en pentoses1: Wheat bran: dilution in water and acid catalyst => hydrolysis reaction of pentosanes in pentoses
2 : Obtention d'un jus de pentoses dilué contenant un marc => élimination du marc par filtration2: Obtaining a diluted pentose juice containing a marc => removal of the marc by filtration
3 : Le jus débarrassé de son marc, est éventuellement purifié par chromatographie, puis, il est concentré par distillation de l'eau (on passe alors de 13,8% à 72% de matière sèche comme dans l'exemple 1 de Dl)3: The juice freed from its marc is optionally purified by chromatography, then it is concentrated by distillation of the water (from 13.8% to 72% of dry matter is thus obtained as in Example 1 of Dl)
4 : Réaction de glycosylation tout d'abord par le butanol, puis par l'alcools gras. Le mécanisme de cette réaction de transformation des Pentosanes en Pentosides selon les brevets Dl et D2 est schématisé ci-dessous :4: Reaction of glycosylation firstly with butanol, then with fatty alcohols. The mechanism of this conversion reaction of Pentosanes into Pentosides according to the Dl and D2 patents is shown schematically below:
Pentosanes du Son de BléPentosanes of Wheat Bran
Figure imgf000011_0001
Figure imgf000011_0001
Pentosides
Figure imgf000011_0002
pentosides
Figure imgf000011_0002
Mécanisme du procédé D1Mechanism of the D1 process
Le rendement en tensioactifs obtenu par ces procédés n'est pas suffisant. Comme à l'exemple 1 du document Dl, on obtient seulement 21 grammes de pentosides à partir de 326 grammes de Son. De même, à l'exemple 1 de D2, on obtient 147 grammes de pentosides à partir de 231 gramme de Son d'orge.The surfactant yield obtained by these methods is not sufficient. As in Example 1 of the Dl document, only 21 grams of pentosides are obtained from 326 grams of Son. Similarly, in Example 1 of D2, 147 grams of pentosides are obtained from 231 grams of barley bran.
Le procédé selon la présente invention permet d'obtenir de meilleurs rendement en tensioactifs et de plus présente un nombre d'opérations unitaires réduit par rapport à l'état de l'art, et donc un avantage économique important.The process according to the present invention makes it possible to obtain better yields of surfactants and furthermore has a reduced number of unit operations compared to the state of the art, and therefore a significant economic advantage.
Ce procédé consiste à mettre le matériau végétal en contact direct avec un alcool en présence d'un catalyseur pour obtenir la solution de pentosides. Ici, le matériau n'est pas mis en contact avec l'eau, comme c'est le cas dans Dl et D2. Le mécanisme est très différent de Dl et D2 puisqu'il s'agit d'une transglycosylation directe des pentosanes en pentosides dans l'alcool gras. Le procédé ne passe pas par l'intermédiaire «jus de Pentoses ». Il devient alors inutile de purifier, de concentrer les pentoses puisqu'ils sont directement transformés en tensioactifs glycosidés. De plus, la réaction s'effectue sans solvant de type butanol comme c'est le cas dans Dl et D2. Le procédé selon la présente invention est donc plus facile à mettre en œuvre puisqu'il comprend une seule opération unitaire et de plus, permet d'obtenir de meilleurs rendements. Le mécanisme concerné par le procédé selon la présente invention est schématisé ci-dessous, et rend compte de l'avantage de celui-ci en comparaison avec le procédé décrit dans Dl et D2 :This method consists in putting the plant material in direct contact with an alcohol in the presence of a catalyst to obtain the pentoside solution. Here, the material is not brought into contact with water, as is the case in D1 and D2. The mechanism is very different from D1 and D2 because it is a direct transglycosylation of pentosans in pentosides in fatty alcohol. The process does not pass through "Pentoses juice". It then becomes unnecessary to purify and concentrate the pentoses since they are directly converted into glycoside surfactants. In addition, the reaction is carried out without butanol solvent as is the case in Dl and D2. The method according to the present invention is therefore easier to implement since it comprises a single unit operation and moreover, makes it possible to obtain better yields. The mechanism concerned by the process according to the present invention is schematized below, and accounts for the advantage thereof in comparison with the method described in D1 and D2:
Pentosanes du Son de BléPentosanes of Wheat Bran
Figure imgf000012_0001
Figure imgf000012_0001
HO' H ^O0-X^*""^«-\^0RHO ' H ^ O0-X ^ * "" ^ "- \ ^ 0R
Pentosides
Figure imgf000012_0002
pentosides
Figure imgf000012_0002
Mécanisme du procédé selon la présente inventionMechanism of the process according to the present invention
Plus précisément, le présent procédé est caractérisé en ce qu'il consiste à mettre un ou plusieurs matériaux végétaux ligno-cellulosiques constituant l'essentiel des plantes annuelles et pérennes et comportant au moins de l'amidon et / ou des hémicelluloses et au moins une protéine ou un peptide, en contact avec un excès d'au moins un alcool ayant de 1 à 36 atomes de carbone (ratio massique matériaux végétaux / alcool compris entre 1/100 et 1) en présence d'une quantité d'acide (ratio massique matériaux végétaux /acide compris entre 1 et 100) entre 20 et 200°C, de préférence entre 70 et 150°C, pendant au moins 5 secondes pour obtenir une composition selon l'invention, si cela est nécessaire, à neutraliser l'acide, à débarrasser la composition d'un marc solide et/ou de l'alcool n'ayant pas réagi. On entend par plante annuelle toute plante ayant une vie végétative de l'ordre d'une année (comme les céréales et graminées diverses telles que le maïs, le sorgho, l'orge et le blé, le chanvre, le Hn, la canne à sucre...) et par plante pérenne, des plantes dont le développement s'étend sur une période plus longue (comme les bambous, les bois feuillus, bois résineux...).More specifically, the present process is characterized in that it consists in putting one or more lignocellulosic plant materials constituting most of the annual and perennial plants and comprising at least starch and / or hemicelluloses and at least one protein or a peptide, in contact with an excess of at least one alcohol having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms (mass ratio of vegetable materials / alcohol of between 1/100 and 1) in the presence of an amount of acid (ratio mass of plant / acid materials between 1 and 100) between 20 and 200 ° C, preferably between 70 and 150 ° C, for at least 5 seconds to obtain a composition according to the invention, if necessary, to neutralize the acid, to rid the composition of a solid marc and / or unreacted alcohol. Annual plant means any plant with a vegetative life of the order of one year (such as cereals and various grasses such as maize, sorghum, barley and wheat, hemp, hn, cane sugar ...) and perennial plant, plants whose development extends over a longer period (such as bamboo, hardwoods, softwoods ...).
Les matériaux végétaux ligno-cellulosiques sont les plantes entières ou des parties des dites plantes (tiges, écorces, ...) ou des co-produits de filière industrielle de production à finalité alimentaire (paille de blé, riz, orge, bagasse de canne à sucre, bagasse de sorgho sucrier...).Ligno-cellulosic plant materials are whole plants or parts of the said plants (stems, bark, ...) or co-products of industrial production chain for food purpose (wheat straw, rice, barley, bagasse cane sugar, bagasse sorghum sugar ...).
Le procédé selon l'invention présente l'avantage d'obtenir en une seule opération unitaire des compositions tensioactives performantes à la différence des procédés décrits dans les brevets Dl et D2 au nom de la demanderesse, qui demandent l'exécution de plusieurs opérations d'hydrolyse et de concentration consommatrice d'eau et de glycosylation complexes, notamment dans le cas de l'utilisation d'alcools gras supérieurs.The process according to the invention has the advantage of obtaining in a single unit operation effective surfactant compositions unlike the processes described in the Dl and D2 patents on behalf of the applicant, which require the execution of several operations of hydrolysis and consumption concentration of water and complex glycosylation, especially in the case of the use of higher fatty alcohols.
On utilisera un ou plusieurs alcools ayant des radicaux alkyls de 1 à 36 atomes de carbone, de préférence ayant de 1 à 22 atomes de carbone. Des exemples typiques de radicaux alkyls sont les radicaux méthyl, éthyl, butyl, octyl ainsi que les radicaux provenant des alcools ou acides caprique, laurique, myristique, palmitique, stéarique, oléique et érucique et plus généralement les radicaux issus d'acides d'origine végétale ou d'alcools synthétisés par hydrogénation des acides gras ou esters d'acides gras d'origine végétale. On pourra également choisir des radicaux alkyls provenant d'alcools d'origine terpéniques ou d'alcools techniques issus de l'hydrogénation d'aldéhydes d'origine pétrochimique.One or more alcohols having alkyl radicals of 1 to 36 carbon atoms, preferably having 1 to 22 carbon atoms, will be used. Typical examples of alkyl radicals are the methyl, ethyl, butyl and octyl radicals, as well as the radicals derived from alcohols or capric, lauric, myristic, palmitic, stearic, oleic and erucic acids and more generally the radicals derived from the original acids. vegetable or alcohols synthesized by hydrogenation of fatty acids or esters of fatty acids of vegetable origin. It is also possible to choose alkyl radicals originating from alcohols of terpene origin or technical alcohols resulting from the hydrogenation of aldehydes of petrochemical origin.
On pourra utiliser comme catalyseur acide au moins un acide choisi parmi les acides chlorhydrique, bromhydrique, sulfurique, phosphorique, les acides sulfoniques tels que les acides benzènesulfonique, paratoluènesulfonique, camphresulfonique, l'acide alkylbenzène sulfonique, sulfosuccinique ou un sulfosuccinate d'alkyle tel que le sulfosuccinate de décyle ou de lauryle, les acides perhalohydriques, tels que l'acide perchlorique. On pourra également utiliser la forme acide de tensioactifs anioniques tels que les alkyléther sulfates comme le lauryléthersulfate également connu sous le sigle LES, le dodecyle sulfate de sodium également connu sous le sigle SDS ou les esters sulfuriques ou phosphoriques d'alcools.At least one acid selected from hydrogen chloride, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, sulphonic acids such as benzenesulphonic acid, para-toluenesulphonic acid, camphorsulphonic acid, alkylbenzene sulphonic acid, sulphosuccinic acid or an alkyl sulphosuccinate such as decyl or lauryl sulfosuccinate, perhalohydric acids, such as perchloric acid. It is also possible to use the acid form of anionic surfactants such as alkyl ether sulfates, such as lauryl ether sulfate also known under the acronym LES, sodium dodecyl sulphate, also known under the acronym SDS, or the sulfuric or phosphoric esters of alcohols.
On effectue la mise en contact pendant au moins 5 secondes et de préférence pendant 5 à 240 minutes dans un mélangeur. On pourra opérer à pression atmosphérique, sous vide partiel ou alors dans un réacteur sous pression de 2 à 100 bars. On préférera effectuer la réaction en absence totale de solvants, mais on peut le cas échéant utiliser un solvant tel qu'un éther oxyde comme le tétrahydrofurane, l'oxyde diéthylique, le 1,4- dioxane, 1" oxyde isopropylique, le méthyl-tertiobutyl éther, l'éthyl-tertiobutyl éther ou le diglyme, un hydrocarbure halogène ou un solvant de la famille des amides tel que la N5N- diméthylformamide, un alcane comme l'hexane ou un solvant aromatique tel que le toluène.The contacting is carried out for at least 5 seconds and preferably for 5 to 240 minutes in a mixer. We can operate at atmospheric pressure, under partial vacuum or in a reactor under pressure of 2 to 100 bar. Is preferred to conduct the reaction in the total absence of solvents, but it may optionally use a solvent such as an ether oxide such as tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, 1,4-dioxane, 1 "isopropyl ether, methyl- tert-butyl ether, ethyl-tertiarybutyl ether or diglyme, a halogenated hydrocarbon or a solvent of the amide family such as N 5 N- dimethylformamide, an alkane such as hexane or an aromatic solvent such as toluene.
Pour recueillir la composition ainsi obtenue on pourra éliminer le solvant de réaction, s'il est présent. On pourra ensuite neutraliser le catalyseur acide puis filtrer la solution. Le résidu de filtration pourra également être traité de façon à récupérer les solvants, alcools ou composés de la compositions. On effectuera la neutralisation de la composition avant ou après l'éventuelle filtration, par exemple, par un hydrogénocarbonate ou un carbonate de métal alcalin ou alcalino-terreux, notamment l'hydrogénocarbonate de sodium, par un hydroxyde de métal alcalin ou alcalino-terreux, notamment la soude, ou par une base organique telle que la triéthanolamine.To collect the composition thus obtained it will be possible to eliminate the reaction solvent, if it is present. The acid catalyst can then be neutralized and the solution filtered. The filtration residue may also be treated so as to recover the solvents, alcohols or compounds of the compositions. The composition will be neutralized before or after possible filtration, for example by an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydrogencarbonate or carbonate, especially sodium hydrogencarbonate, with an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydroxide. especially soda, or with an organic base such as triethanolamine.
On pourra ensuite, si nécessaire, évaporer les alcools en excès sous vide compris entre 0,1 et 100 mbars à une température comprise entre 60 et 200 °C, de préférence au moyen d'un évaporateur couche mince. On pourra également purifier la composition soit par chromatographie sur colonne de gel de silice, d'alumine, de charbon actif ou sur résine échangeuse d'ions, soit par cristallisation dans un solvant.Then, if necessary, the excess alcohols can be evaporated under vacuum between 0.1 and 100 mbar at a temperature of between 60 and 200 ° C., preferably by means of a thin-film evaporator. The composition may also be purified either by column chromatography on silica gel, alumina, activated charcoal or ion exchange resin, or by crystallization in a solvent.
Si besoin, on pourra décolorer les compositions selon l'invention en ajoutant à une température comprise entre 15 et 100 °C, 0,05 à 20 % en poids et de préférence de 0,5 à 10 % en poids de peroxyde d'hydrogène, de peroxodisulfates de métaux alcalins ou alcalino- terreux, de perborates, de persulfates, de perphosphates, de percarbonates, d'ozone ou encore de periodates. On préférera le peroxyde d'hydrogène à 30 ou 50 % de matière sèche.If necessary, the compositions according to the invention can be bleached by adding, at a temperature of between 15 and 100 ° C., 0.05 to 20% by weight and preferably from 0.5 to 10% by weight of hydrogen peroxide. , peroxodisulfates of alkali or alkaline earth metals, perborates, persulfates, perphosphates, percarbonates, ozone or even periodates. Hydrogen peroxide will be preferred at 30 or 50% solids.
Les compositions selon l'invention pourront être utilisées sous la forme d'une solution aqueuse comportant par exemple de 30 à 80% de matière sèche.The compositions according to the invention may be used in the form of an aqueous solution comprising, for example, from 30 to 80% of dry matter.
De même, on pourra utiliser les compositions selon l'invention sous une forme de solution non aqueuse, c'est à dire solubilisée dans un solvant.Similarly, the compositions according to the invention may be used in a form of non-aqueous solution, that is to say solubilized in a solvent.
L'invention concerne donc une composition caractérisée en ce qu'elle comprend : i) de 30 à 95% en poids de la composition de solvant ii) de 4 à 69,3% en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formuleThe invention therefore relates to a composition characterized in that it comprises: i) from 30 to 95% by weight of the solvent composition ii) from 4 to 69.3% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula
(1) R10(Gl)a(G2)b(G3)c(G4)d(G5)e (1) dans laquelle :(1) R10 (Gl) a (G2) b (G3) c (G4) d (G5) e (1) in which :
• Rl est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 1 à 36 atomes de carbone, de préférence ayant de 4 à 22 atomes de carboneR1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms, preferably having from 4 to 22 carbon atoms;
• Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 sont indépendamment les uns des autres, les restes d'un ose choisi parmi les hexoses, l'arabinose et le xylose• G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose chosen from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
• a, b, c, d et e étant égaux à 0 ou à 1, la somme de a, b, c, d et e étant au moins égale à 1 iii) de 0,05 à 14 % en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formule (2) ou un de ses sels,A, b, c, d and e being equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1 iii) of 0.05 to 14% by weight of the composition at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
H-(X-CHR2-CO)n-O-R3 (2) dans laquelle :H- (X-CHR2-CO) n-O-R3 (2) in which:
• lorsque X = NH, alors R2 est un radical choisi parmi : -CH3, -(CH2)3-NH- C(NH)-NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH, -(CH2)2-CO- NH2, -(CH2)2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2-(C3H3N2), -CH(CH3)-CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH(CH3)-CH3, -(CH2)4-NH2, -(CH2)2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, - CH(OH)-CH3, -CH2-(C8H6N), -CH2-(C6H4)-OH, -CH(CH3)-CH3When X = NH, then R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
• et lorsque X = N, alors R2 est le radical cyclique suivant : -(CH2)2-Y- , Y représentant un groupement méthylène -CH2- relié à XAnd when X = N, then R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
• R3, étant éventuellement identique à Rl, est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 1 à 36 atomes de carbone, de préférence ayant de 4 à 22 atomes de carboneR3, being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms, preferably having from 4 to 22 carbon atoms;
• n étant un nombre entier supérieure ou égale à 1 ; et lorsque n est supérieur à 1, alors R2 représente plusieurs radicaux tels que définis ci-dessus identiques ou différents les uns des autres.Where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other.
On préférera tout particulièrement comme solvant :It is particularly preferred as a solvent:
-Les huiles d'origine végétale, telles que l'huile de coprah, l'huile de ricin, l'huile de colza, l'huile de tournesol, l'huile de soja,-Oils of vegetable origin, such as coconut oil, castor oil, rapeseed oil, sunflower oil, soybean oil,
-Les huiles essentielles de lavande, thym, sarriette, sauge, menthe, cumin, carvi, anis vert, fenouil, aneth, eucalyptus, cajeput, niaouli, girofle, pin, cèdre, cyprès, genévrier, citron, orange, bergamote, cannelle, laurier, camomille. -Les huiles minérales, telles que l'huile de paraffine, l'huile de vaseline et les huiles minérales notamment issues de coupes pétrolières,-Essential oils of lavender, thyme, savory, sage, mint, caraway, caraway, green anise, fennel, dill, eucalyptus, cajeput, niaouli, clove, pine, cedar, cypress, juniper, lemon, orange, bergamot, cinnamon, laurel, chamomile. Mineral oils, such as liquid paraffin, liquid petroleum jelly and mineral oils, especially from petroleum cuts,
-Les huiles synthétiques, comme les poly-α-oléfines,Synthetic oils, such as poly-α-olefins,
-Les alcanediols possédant de 2 à 10 atomes de carbone comme le 1,2 propanediol, le 1,3-butanediol,Alkanediols having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, such as 1,2-propanediol or 1,3-butanediol,
-Les alcools de formules R4OH où R4 est un radical aliphatique, saturé ou insaturé ayant 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, linéaire ou ramifié, ayant 1 à 36 atomes de carbone, tels que l'alcool myristique, l'alcool cétylique, l'alcool stéarique, l'alcool oléique,Alcohols of formulas R 4 OH where R 4 is a saturated or unsaturated aliphatic radical having 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, linear or branched, having 1 to 36 carbon atoms, such as myristic alcohol, cetyl alcohol, alcohol stearic, oleic alcohol,
-Les polyéthylène glycols ou polypropylène glycols,Polyethylene glycols or polypropylene glycols,
-Les esters gras de formule R5-O-CO-R6 où R5 et R6 sont indépendamment l'un de l'autre des radicaux aliphatiques, saturés ou insaturés ayant 1 à 4 instaurations éthyléniques, linéaires ou ramifiés, ayant de 1 à 22 atomes de carbone, tels que les myristates d'alkyles notamment le myristate de butyle, le myristate de propyle, les palmitates d'alkyle comme le palmitate d'isopropyl, les stéarates d'alkyle notamment les stéarate d'hexadécyle, les oléates d'alkyle, notamment l'oléate de dodecyle, les laurates d'alkyle, notamment le laurate d'hexyle, le dicaprylate de propylène glycol, le cocoate d'éthyl-2-hexyle, les esters de l'acide lactique, de l'acide succinique, de l'acide béhennique, de l'acide isostéarique tel que l'isostéarate d'isostéaryle, les esters d'acides gras de colza, d'acides gras de tournesol, d'acides gras de lin, d'acides gras de coton, d'acides gras de soja,Fatty esters of formula R 5 -O-CO-R 6 where R 5 and R 6 are, independently of one another, saturated or unsaturated aliphatic radicals having 1 to 4 linear or branched ethylenic initiations having from 1 to 22 atoms of carbon, such as alkyl myristates including butyl myristate, propyl myristate, alkyl palmitates such as isopropyl palmitate, alkyl stearates including hexadecyl stearate, alkyl oleates , especially dodecyl oleate, alkyl laurates, in particular hexyl laurate, propylene glycol dicaprylate, 2-ethylhexyl cocoate, esters of lactic acid, succinic acid , behenic acid, isostearic acid such as isostearyl isostearate, fatty acid esters of rapeseed, sunflower fatty acids, linseed fatty acids, cotton fatty acids , of soya fatty acids,
Et les huiles silicones regroupant les polydiméthylsiloxanes cycliques, les polydiméthylsiloxanes a-w hydroxylées, les polydiméthylsiloxanes a-w triméthylsilylés, les polyorganosiloxanes comme les polyalkylméthylsiloxanes, les polyméthylphénylsiloxanes, les polydiohénilsiloxanes, les dérivés aminés des silicones, les silicones copolyéthers ou les dérivés mixtes de silicones comme les copolymères mixtes polyalkylméthylsiloxanes- silicones copolyéthers.And silicone oils comprising cyclic polydimethylsiloxanes, hydroxylated polydimethylsiloxanes, trimethylsilylated polydimethylsiloxanes, polyorganosiloxanes such as polyalkylmethylsiloxanes, polymethylphenylsiloxanes, polydiohénilsiloxanes, amino derivatives of silicones, silicone copolyethers or mixed silicone derivatives such as mixed copolymers polyalkylmethylsiloxane silicones copolyethers.
Les compositions de la présente invention possèdent des propriétés ou performances tensioactives renforcées et variables selon la nature des constituants. On entend par propriétés ou performances tensioactives renforcées, des propriétés ou des performances tensioactives supérieures aux propriétés ou performances tensioactives de compositions semblables en tout point aux compositions de la présente invention mais ne comportant pas de composé de formule (2). Ces propriétés renforcées sont obtenues grâce à la combinaison de glycosides d'alkyle de formule (1) et de tensioactifs de formule (2). Les compositions de la présente invention possèdent des concentrations micellaires critique (CMC) inférieures aux CMC des APG connus de l'état de l'art. On entend par concentration micellaire critique la concentration minimale de tensioactifs nécessaire à l'obtention d'agrégats micellaires et à partir de laquelle on observe une variation plus ou moins brutale des propriétés physico-chimiques de la solution de tensioactifs comme par exemple la tension de surface.The compositions of the present invention have properties or surfactant performance enhanced and variable depending on the nature of the constituents. The term "enhanced surfactant properties or performance" means properties or surfactant performance superior to the surfactant properties or performance of compositions similar in all respects to the compositions of the present invention but not comprising any compound of formula (2). These enhanced properties are obtained through the combination of alkyl glycosides of formula (1) and surfactants of formula (2). The compositions of the present invention possess critical micellar concentrations (CMCs) below the CMCs of APGs known in the art. By critical micellar concentration is meant the minimum concentration of surfactants required to obtain micellar aggregates and from which a more or less abrupt variation of the physicochemical properties of the surfactant solution, for example surface tension, is observed. .
En détergence, le mécanisme de solubilisation des salissures n'intervient que lorsque la concentration des agents de surface est supérieure à la concentration micellaire critique. Plus la concentration micellaire critique d'une composition détergente sera faible, et plus la composition sera efficace à faible concentration. Le premier intérêt des compositions de l'invention est que l'on pourra préparer des produits tels que des détergents avec des doses de tensioactifs réduites.In detergency, the soil solubilization mechanism intervenes only when the concentration of the surfactants is higher than the critical micelle concentration. The lower the critical micellar concentration of a detergent composition will be, the lower the composition will be effective at low concentration. The first advantage of the compositions of the invention is that products such as detergents with reduced surfactant doses can be prepared.
Aux concentrations inférieures à la CMC, on observe l'abaissement de la tension de surface. A ces concentrations, les tensioactifs ne sont pas organisés sous la forme de micelles et sont responsables de ce phénomène de par leur absorption aux interfaces. A ces faibles concentrations, il n'est pas rare d'observer la précipitation des tensioactifs, ce qui les rend inactifs. Les compositions selon l'invention, présentent une stabilité améliorée aux faibles concentrations, et donc, une performance accrue. La C20 est un critère permettant d'évaluer la performance tensioactive d'une composition aux faibles concentrations. Elle correspond à la concentration en composition nécessaire à l'abaissement de 20 mN/m de la tension de surface de l'eau. Les compositions selon l'invention présentent des C20 améliorées par rapport aux glycosides d'alkyle de l'état de l'art.At concentrations below the CMC, the lowering of the surface tension is observed. At these concentrations, the surfactants are not organized in the form of micelles and are responsible for this phenomenon by their absorption at the interfaces. At these low concentrations, it is not uncommon to observe the precipitation of surfactants, which renders them inactive. The compositions according to the invention have improved stability at low concentrations, and therefore, increased performance. C20 is a criterion for evaluating the surfactant performance of a composition at low concentrations. It corresponds to the concentration of composition required to lower the surface tension of water by 20 mN / m. The compositions according to the invention have improved C20s with respect to the alkyl glycosides of the state of the art.
La tension de surface est mesurée à l'aide d'une lame de platine nommée lame de Wilhelmy et d'un tensiomètre comme le tensiomètre KlOO commercialisé par la société KRUSS. La Concentration Micellaire Critique (CMC) peut être déterminée en réalisant la mesure de la tension de surface à 25°C pour une série de différentes concentrations de compositions tensioactives. Les tensioactifs de la composition présents en solution donnent lieu à une courbe spécifique de la tension de surface en fonction de la concentration. Initialement, pour des concentrations faibles, les molécules de tensioactifs viennent préférentiellement enrichir la surface de l'eau. Pendant cette phase on observe une décroissance linéaire de la tension de surface en fonction du logarithme de la concentration en tensioactifs. Lorsque l'on atteint une tension de surface de 53 mN/m, on relève alors la C20, concentration en composition tensioactive nécessaire pour abaisser la tension de surface de 20 mN/m. Une fois la valeur de la CMC atteinte, la surface est saturée en tensioactifs et toute augmentation de la concentration n'a alors qu'une très faible incidence sur la tension de surface. On précise ici, qu'un tensioactif est d'autant plus performant que sa CMC et / ou sa C20 sont faibles.The surface tension is measured using a platinum blade called Wilhelmy's blade and a tensiometer such as the KlOO tensiometer marketed by the company KRUSS. Critical Micellar Concentration (CMC) can be determined by measuring the surface tension at 25 ° C for a series of different concentrations of surfactant compositions. The surfactants of the composition present in solution give rise to a specific curve of the surface tension as a function of the concentration. Initially, for low concentrations, the surfactant molecules preferentially enrich the surface of the water. During this phase a linear decrease of the surface tension is observed as a function of the logarithm of the concentration of surfactants. When a surface tension of 53 mN / m is attained, C20, the concentration of surfactant composition necessary to lower the surface tension by 20 mN / m, is then detected. Once the value of the CMC is reached, the surface is saturated with surfactants and any increase in the concentration then has only a very small effect on the surface tension. It is specified here that a surfactant is all the more efficient when its CMC and / or C20 are low.
On préférera les compositions selon l'invention caractérisées en ce qu'elles comprennent : i) de 80 à 99 % en poids de la composition d'un mélange de composés de formuleThe compositions according to the invention, characterized in that they comprise: i) from 80 to 99% by weight of the composition of a mixture of compounds of formula
(1)(1)
R10(Gl)a(G2)b(G3)c(G4)d(G5)e (1) dans laquelle :R10 (Gl) a (G2) b (G3) c (G4) d (G5) e (1) wherein:
• Rl est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 5 à 22 atomes de carbone,R 1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 5 to 22 carbon atoms,
• Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 sont indépendamment les uns des autres, les restes d'un ose choisi parmi les hexoses, l'arabinose et le xylose• G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose chosen from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
• a, b, c, d et e étant égaux à 0 ou à 1, la somme de a, b, c, d et e étant au moins égale à 1 les arabinosides et xylosides d'alkyle représentant au moins 30% en poids de l'ensemble des composés de formule (1). ii) de 1 à 20% en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formule (2) ou un de ses sels,A, b, c, d and e being equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1 arabinosides and alkyl xylosides representing at least 30% by weight of all the compounds of formula (1). ii) from 1 to 20% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
H-(X-CHR2-CO)n-O-R3 (2) dans laquelle :H- (X-CHR2-CO) n-O-R3 (2) in which:
• lorsque X = NH, alors R2 est un radical choisi parmi : -CH3, -(CH2)3-NH- C(NH)-NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH, -(CH2)2-CO- NH2, -(CH2)2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2-(C3H3N2), -CH(CH3)-CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH(CH3)-CH3, -(CH2)4-NH2, -(CH2)2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, - CH(OH)-CH3, -CH2-(C8H6N), -CH2-(C6H4)-OH, -CH(CH3)-CH3When X = NH, then R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
• et lorsque X = N, alors R2 est le radical cyclique suivant : -(CH2)2-Y- , Y représentant un groupement méthylène -CH2- relié à XAnd when X = N, then R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
• R3, étant éventuellement identique à Rl, est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 5 à 22 atomes de carbone, • n étant un nombre entier supérieure ou égale à 1 ; et lorsque n est supérieur à 1, alors R2 représente plusieurs radicaux tels que définis ci-dessus identiques ou différents les uns des autres. et caractérisées par des CMC inférieures à 800 mg/1 et des C20 inférieures à 100 mg/1.R3, being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 5 to 22 carbon atoms, Where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other. and characterized by CMC lower than 800 mg / l and C20 lower than 100 mg / l.
Les compositions décrites ci-dessus sont également caractérisées par un pouvoir mouillant supérieur aux APG de l'état de l'art. Le pouvoir mouillant est mesuré selon la norme ISO 8022 ou NFT 73420 décrivant la mesure du pouvoir mouillant sur support Coton. Le pouvoir mouillant correspond à la durée de mouillage d'un disque de coton écru placé au sein d'une solution de tensioactifs à une concentration définie. En général, 700 ml d'une solution d'essai à 1 g/1 de composition tensioactive dans l'eau distillée, sont placés dans un bêcher thermostaté à la température souhaitée (20°C). La mesure expérimentale peut être réalisée au pH neutre de l'eau distillée ou en milieu basique (NaOH).The compositions described above are also characterized by a wetting power superior to APG of the state of the art. The wetting power is measured according to the ISO 8022 or NFT 73420 standard describing the measurement of wetting power on cotton support. The wetting power corresponds to the wetting time of an unbleached cotton disc placed in a solution of surfactants at a defined concentration. In general, 700 ml of a 1 g / l test solution of surfactant composition in distilled water are placed in a beaker thermostated at the desired temperature (20 ° C). The experimental measurement can be carried out at the neutral pH of the distilled water or in basic medium (NaOH).
Un disque de coton écru répondant à la norme NFT 73-406 (30 mm de diamètre) et fourni par la société MORTELECQUE, est posé à la surface de la solution précédemment préparée à l'aide d'une pince d'immersion spécifique à ce test. La durée de mouillage est déterminée expérimentalement à l'aide d'un chronomètre, t 0 correspond au moment où la partie inférieure du disque touche la solution et t final au moment où le disque s'enfonce par lui-même dans la solution, t final est également appelé temps de mouillage. Dix mesures consécutives sont réalisées avec la même solution en prenant cependant soin de jeter les disques de coton utilisés après chaque mesure. On précise ici qu'un tensioactif est d'autant plus mouillant que le temps de mouillage mesuré est court. Les compositions selon l'invention possèdent des temps de mouillage selon la norme NFT 73-406 inférieurs à 100 secondes et plus particulièrement inférieurs à 80 secondes.An unbleached cotton disc meeting the standard NFT 73-406 (30 mm in diameter) and supplied by the company MORTELECQUE, is placed on the surface of the previously prepared solution using a specific immersion tong for this purpose. test. The wetting time is experimentally determined by means of a stopwatch, t 0 corresponds to the moment when the lower part of the disc touches the solution and t is final when the disc sinks by itself into the solution, t final is also called wetting time. Ten consecutive measurements are made with the same solution while taking care however to discard the used cotton discs after each measurement. It is specified here that a surfactant is all the more wetting that the measured wetting time is short. The compositions according to the invention have wetting times according to the NFT 73-406 standard of less than 100 seconds and more particularly less than 80 seconds.
Une autre particularité des compositions de l'invention concerne leur propriété moussante. On entend par propriété moussante, la propriété d'une composition à former de la mousse sous l'effet d'une action mécanique (agitation, chute de liquide, dispersion de gaz). La mousse peut être un avantage lorsqu'elle représente, par exemple, une indication de l'efficacité d'un produit (liquide vaisselle, lessive pour lavage à la main...) ou lorsqu'elle apporte une sensation de confort à l'utilisateur (savon, shampoing). Par contre, elle est un inconvénient lorsqu'elle provoque par exemple le débordement d'une machine à laver ou l'arrêt d'une machine industrielle de lavage des sols. Les compositions de la présente invention seront préparées sur mesure pour l'application. On choisira donc de préparer des compositions selon l'invention possédant la propriété de former soit des quantités faibles, soit des quantités importantes de mousse. La mousse formée sera soit stable, soit instable dans le temps et pourra être plus ou moins résistante à la dureté de l'eau.Another particularity of the compositions of the invention relates to their foaming property. By foaming property is meant the property of a composition to form foam under the effect of a mechanical action (stirring, falling of liquid, dispersion of gas). Foam can be an advantage when it represents, for example, an indication of the effectiveness of a product (dishwashing liquid, laundry for washing by hand ...) or when it brings a feeling of comfort to the user (soap, shampoo). On the other hand, it is a disadvantage when it provokes for example the overflow of a washing machine or the stopping of an industrial machine for washing the floors. The compositions of the present invention will be custom-made for the application. We will therefore choose to prepare compositions according to the invention having the property of forming either low quantities, ie large amounts of foam. The foam formed will either be stable or unstable over time and may be more or less resistant to the hardness of the water.
Les propriétés moussantes des compositions sont évaluées par le test de pouvoir moussant nommé test de Ross Miles, selon la norme française NF-T-73-404 de novembre 1966. Ce test peut par exemple consister à mesurer dans le temps et à une température de 500C, le volume de mousse obtenu après la chute, d'une hauteur de 450 mm, de 500 ml d'une solution tensioactive à 0,1% en poids de composition tensioactive dans l'eau déminéralisée, sur une surface liquide de la même solution (50ml) contenue dans une éprouvette thermostatée. Le volume mesurée juste après la chute de liquide représente la capacité moussante exprimée en volume de mousse et la stabilité moussante est le rapport de volume de mousse à 20 minutes sur la capacité moussante exprimée en pourcentage.The foaming properties of the compositions are evaluated by the test of foaming power called the Ross Miles test, according to the French standard NF-T-73-404 of November 1966. This test can for example consist of measuring over time and at a temperature of 50 ° C., the volume of foam obtained after the fall, from a height of 450 mm, of 500 ml of a surfactant solution at 0.1% by weight of surfactant composition in demineralized water, on a liquid surface of the same solution (50ml) contained in a thermostated test tube. The volume measured just after the liquid drop represents the foaming capacity expressed in foam volume and foaming stability is the foam volume ratio at 20 minutes on foaming capacity expressed as a percentage.
On préférera donc pour leurs propriétés moussantes, les compositions selon l'invention caractérisées en ce qu'elles comprennent : i) de 80 à 99 % en poids de la composition d'un mélange- de composés de formuleThe compositions according to the invention, characterized in that they comprise: i) from 80 to 99% by weight of the composition of a mixture of compounds of formula
(1)(1)
R10(Gl)a(G2)b(G3)c(G4)d(G5)e (1) dans laquelle :R10 (Gl) a (G2) b (G3) c (G4) d (G5) e (1) wherein:
• Rl est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 5 à 22 atomes de carbone,R 1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 5 to 22 carbon atoms,
• Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 sont indépendamment les uns des autres, des restes d'un ose choisi parmi les hexoses, l'arabinose et le xylose• G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose selected from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
• a, b, c, d et e étant égaux à 0 ou à 1, la somme de a, b, c, d et e étant au moins égale à 1 les hexosides d'alkyle représentant alors moins de 90% en poids de l'ensemble des composés de formule (1). ii) de 1 à 20% en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formule (2) ou un de ses sels,A, b, c, d and e being equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1, the alkyl hexosides then representing less than 90% by weight of all of the compounds of formula (1). ii) from 1 to 20% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
H-(X-CHR2-CO)n-O-R3 (2) dans laquelle :H- (X-CHR2-CO) n-O-R3 (2) in which:
• lorsque X = NH, alors R2 est un radical choisi parmi : -CH3, -(CH2)3-NH- C(NH)-NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH, -(CH2)2-CO- NH2, -(CH2)2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2-(C3H3N2), -CH(CH3)-CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH(CH3)-CH3, -(CH2)4-NH2, -(CH2)2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, - CH(OH)-CH3, -CH2-(C8H6N), -CH2-(C6H4)-OH, -CH(CH3)-CH3When X = NH, then R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH2) 2-CO-NH2, - (CH2) 2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2- (C3H3N2), -CH (CH3) -CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH (CH3) -CH3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) -OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
• et lorsque X = N, alors R2 est le radical cyclique suivant : -(CH2)2-Y- , Y représentant un groupement méthylène -CH2- relié à XAnd when X = N, then R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
• R3, étant éventuellement identique à Rl, est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 5 à 22 atomes de carbone,R3, being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 5 to 22 carbon atoms,
• n étant un nombre entier supérieure ou égale à 1 ; et lorsque n est supérieur à 1, alors R2 représente plusieurs radicaux tels que définis ci-dessus identiques ou différents les uns des autres. et en ce qu'elles présentent un volume de mousse supérieur à 200 ml et une stabilité de la mousse à 20 minutes d'au moins 70% selon le test Ross Miles de la norme NF-T-73-404 réalisé à 500C, avec une solution d'eau déminéralisée comprenant 0,1% en poids de composition décrite ci-dessus.Where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other. and in that they have a foam volume greater than 200 ml and a stability of the foam at 20 minutes of at least 70% according to the Ross Miles test of the NF-T-73-404 standard carried out at 50 ° C. with a demineralised water solution comprising 0.1% by weight of composition described above.
De même, on préférera donc pour leurs propriétés faiblement à non moussantes, les compositions selon l'invention caractérisées en ce qu'elles comprennent : i) de 80 à 99 % en poids de la composition d'un mélange de composés de formuleLikewise, the compositions according to the invention, characterized in that they comprise: i) from 80 to 99% by weight of the composition of a mixture of compounds of formula, will therefore be preferred for their weakly and non-foaming properties;
(1)(1)
R10(Gl)a(G2)b(G3)c(G4)d(G5)e (1) dans laquelle :R10 (Gl) a (G2) b (G3) c (G4) d (G5) e (1) wherein:
• Rl est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 2 à 10 atomes de carbone,R1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms,
• Tout particulièrement, on préférera Rl correspondant au radical ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2 ou 3 méthyl-butyl, 2 éthyl-hexylIn particular, R1 corresponding to the radical ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2 or 3 methyl-butyl, 2 ethyl-hexyl, is preferred.
• Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 sont indépendamment les uns des autres, des restes d'un ose choisi parmi les hexoses, l'arabinose et le xylose• G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose selected from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
• a, b, c, d et e étant égaux à 0 ou à 1, la somme de a, b, c, d et e étant au moins égale à 1 les arabinosides et xylosides d'alkyle représentant alors au moins 65% en poids de l'ensemble des composés de formule (1). ii) de 1 à 20% en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formule (2) ou un de ses sels,A, b, c, d and e being equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1 arabinosides and alkyl xylosides then representing at least 65% by weight of all the compounds of formula (1). ii) from 1 to 20% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
H-(X-CHR2-CO)n-O-R3 (2) dans laquelle :H- (X-CHR2-CO) nO-R3 (2) in which :
• lorsque X = NH, alors R2 est un radical choisi parmi : -CH3, -(CH2)3-NH- C(NH)-NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH, -(CH2)2-CO- NH2, -(CH2)2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2-(C3H3N2), -CH(CH3)-CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH(CH3)-CH3, -(CH2)4-NH2, -(CH2)2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-0H, - CH(0H)-CH3, -CH2-(C8H6N), -CH2-(C6H4)-OH, -CH(CH3)-CH3When X = NH, then R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
• et lorsque X = N, alors R2 est le radical cyclique suivant : -(CH2)2-Y- , Y représentant un groupement méthylène -CH2- relié à XAnd when X = N, then R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
• R3, étant éventuellement identique à Rl, est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 2 à 10 atomes de carbone,R3, being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms,
• Tout particulièrement, on préférera R3 correspondant au radical ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2 ou 3 méthyl-butyl, 2 éthyl-hexylIn particular, R3 corresponding to ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2 or 3 methyl-butyl, 2-ethylhexyl is preferred.
• n étant un nombre entier supérieure ou égale à 1 ; et lorsque n est supérieur à 1, alors R2 représente plusieurs radicaux tels que définis ci-dessus identiques ou différents les uns des autres. et en ce qu'elles présentent un volume de mousse inférieur à 50 ml et une stabilité de la mousse à 20 minutes inférieure à 10% selon le test Ross Miles de la norme NF-T-73-404 réalisé à 50°C avec une solution d'eau déminéralisée comprenant 0,1% en poids de composition telle que décrite ci-dessus.Where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other. and in that they have a foam volume of less than 50 ml and a stability of the foam at 20 minutes of less than 10% according to the Ross Miles test of standard NF-T-73-404 carried out at 50.degree. demineralised water solution comprising 0.1% by weight of composition as described above.
Les compositions de l'invention possèdent également des propriétés émulsionnantes remarquables notamment en présence d'électrolytes. Une émulsion est une dispersion d'un liquide dans un autre liquide non miscible. Les compositions de l'invention permettent l'obtention d'émulsions stables (c'est à dire ne présentant pas de déphasage après trois mois de vieillissement à 45 °C) même en utilisant moins de 5 % en poids de composition émulsionnante par rapport au poids total de l'émulsion et même lorsque Pémulsion contient plus de 0,3 % en poids de sels par rapport au poids total d' émulsion. Les émulsions stables ainsi obtenues ne comporterons ni polymère, ni agent chélatant.The compositions of the invention also have remarkable emulsifying properties, especially in the presence of electrolytes. An emulsion is a dispersion of a liquid in another immiscible liquid. The compositions of the invention make it possible to obtain stable emulsions (that is to say having no phase shift after three months of aging at 45 ° C.) even using less than 5% by weight of emulsifying composition with respect to total weight of the emulsion and even when the emulsion contains more than 0.3% by weight of salts relative to the total weight of emulsion. The stable emulsions thus obtained will not contain any polymer or chelating agent.
On évaluera le pouvoir émulsionnant des compositions selon l'invention par la méthode décrite dans la norme NF T 73409. Cette méthode consiste à préparer des émulsions, pouvant comporter des taux croissants de sel (NaCl), en mélangeant à 70 0C, de 1 à 4 % en poids de composition émulsionnante par rapport au poids total de l'émulsion, 15 à 18 % en poids d'huile par rapport au poids total de l'émulsion et 81 % en poids d'eau déminéralisée par rapport au poids total de l'émulsion. Les émulsions sont réalisées par agitation vigoureuse (8000 tours par minute) à l'aide d'un agitateur mécanique pendant une minute. Elles sont ensuite mises au repos pendant 15 heures à 20 °C. Les émulsions sont jugées stables si on observe une séparation de phase de moins de 5% par rapport au volume total de l'émulsion après 30 minutes de centrifugation à 4000G, soit un volume d'émulsion résiduelle de 95%.The emulsifying power of the compositions according to the invention will be evaluated by the method described in standard NF T 73409. This method consists in preparing emulsions, which may comprise increasing salt levels (NaCl), by mixing at 70 ° C. at 4% by weight of emulsifying composition relative to the total weight of the emulsion, 15 to 18% by weight of oil relative to the total weight of the emulsion and 81% by weight of water demineralized with respect to the total weight of the emulsion. The emulsions are made by vigorous stirring (8000 rpm) using a mechanical stirrer for one minute. They are then put to rest for 15 hours at 20 ° C. The emulsions are considered stable if a phase separation of less than 5% relative to the total volume of the emulsion is observed after 30 minutes of centrifugation at 4,000 G, ie a residual emulsion volume of 95%.
On préférera pour leurs propriétés émulsionnantes, les compositions selon l'invention caractérisées en ce qu'elles comprennent : i) de 80 à 99 % en poids de la composition d'un mélange de composés de formuleThe compositions according to the invention, characterized in that they comprise: i) from 80 to 99% by weight of the composition of a mixture of compounds of formula
(1)(1)
R10(Gl)a(G2)b(G3)c(G4)d(G5)e (1) dans laquelle :R10 (Gl) a (G2) b (G3) c (G4) d (G5) e (1) wherein:
• Rl est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 8 à 36 atomes de carbone,R 1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 8 to 36 carbon atoms,
• Tout particulièrement, on préférera Rl correspondant au radical dodécyl, tétradécyl, hexadécyl, octadécylIn particular, R 1 corresponding to the dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl and octadecyl radical is preferred.
• Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 sont indépendamment les uns des autres, des restes d'un ose choisi parmi les hexoses, l'arabinose et le xylose• G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose selected from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
• a, b, c, d et e étant égaux à 0 ou à 1, la somme de a, b, c, d et e étant au moins égale à 1 les arabinosides et xylosides d'alkyle représentant alors au moins 25% en poids de l'ensemble des composés de formule (1). ii) de 1 à 20% en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formule (2) ou un de ses sels,A, b, c, d and e being equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1 arabinosides and alkyl xylosides then representing at least 25% by weight of all the compounds of formula (1). ii) from 1 to 20% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
H-(X-CHR2-CO)n-O-R3 (2) dans laquelle :H- (X-CHR2-CO) n-O-R3 (2) in which:
• lorsque X = NH, alors R2 est un radical choisi parmi : -CH3, -(CH2)3-NH- C(NH)-NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH, -(CH2)2-CO- NH2, -(CH2)2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2-(C3H3N2), -CH(CH3)-CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH(CH3)-CH3, -(CH2)4-NH2, -(CH2)2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, - CH(OH)-CH3, -CH2-(C8H6N), -CH2-(C6H4)-OH, -CH(CH3)-CH3When X = NH, then R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
• et lorsque X = N, alors R2 est le radical cyclique suivant : -(CH2)2-Y- , Y représentant un groupement méthylène -CH2- relié à X • R3, étant éventuellement identique à Rl, est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 8 à 36 atomes de carbone,And when X = N, then R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X R3, being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 8 to 36 carbon atoms,
• Tout particulièrement, on préférera R3 correspondant au radical dodécyl, tétradécyl, Fhexadécyl, de l'octadécylIn particular, R3 corresponding to the dodecyl, tetradecyl and hexadecyl radical, of octadecyl, is preferred.
• n étant un nombre entier supérieure ou égale à 1 ; et lorsque n est supérieur à 1, alors R2 représente plusieurs radicaux tels que définis ci-dessus identiques ou différents les uns des autres.Where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other.
Selon un aspect particulier de l'invention, on utilisera les compositions possédant des propriétés émulsionnantes améliorées par rapport aux APG de l'état de l'art, sous la forme de base autoémulsionnable. On entend par autoémulsionnable une composition qui permet d'obtenir une émulsion eau dans huile ou huile dans eau par simple mélange sous agitation modérée à chaud (entre 40 et 80°C) ou à froid (à une température inférieure à 4O0C), avec une phase aqueuse.According to one particular aspect of the invention, the compositions having emulsifying properties improved with respect to the APGs of the state of the art, in the form of self-emulsifiable base, will be used. The term "self-emulsifiable" is intended to mean a composition which makes it possible to obtain a water-in-oil or oil-in-water emulsion by simple mixing with moderate stirring at hot (between 40 and 80 ° C.) or at cold temperature (at a temperature below 40 ° C.), with an aqueous phase.
On obtiendra des compositions autoémulsionnables par solubilisation d'une composition de l'invention dans une phase polaire appropriée (ratio massique compositions / phase polaire compris entre 1/100 et 1) telle qu'un solvant organique polaire comme le formamide, le diméthylformamide ou un alcool gras ramifié comme les alcools de Guerbet de type Isofol commercialisés par la société Sasol, ou dans une huile par agitation, notamment mécanique ou par sonication.Selfemulsifiable compositions will be obtained by solubilization of a composition of the invention in an appropriate polar phase (mass ratio compositions / polar phase of between 1/100 and 1) such as a polar organic solvent such as formamide, dimethylformamide or a branched fatty alcohol such as Guerbet alcohols of the Isofol type marketed by Sasol, or in an oil by agitation, in particular mechanical or by sonication.
On préférera alors les compositions autoémulsionnables selon l'invention caractérisées en ce qu'elles comprennent : i) de 4 à 58 % en poids de la composition d'un mélange de composés de formule (1)The self-emulsifiable compositions according to the invention are preferably characterized in that they comprise: i) from 4 to 58% by weight of the composition of a mixture of compounds of formula (1)
R10(Gl)a(G2)b(G3)c(G4)d(G5)e (1) dans laquelle :R10 (Gl) a (G2) b (G3) c (G4) d (G5) e (1) wherein:
• Rl est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 8 à 36 atomes de carbone,R 1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 8 to 36 carbon atoms,
• Tout particulièrement, on préférera Rl correspondant au radical dodécyl, tétradécyl, hexadécyl, octadécylIn particular, R 1 corresponding to the dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl and octadecyl radical is preferred.
• Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 sont indépendamment les uns des autres, des restes d'un ose choisi parmi les hexoses, l'arabinose et le xylose• G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose selected from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
• a, b, c, d et e étant égaux à 0 ou à 1, la somme de a, b, c, d et e étant au moins égale à 1 les arabinosides et xylosides d'alkyle représentant alors au moins 25% en poids de l'ensemble des composés de formule (1). ii) de 0,1 à 12% en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formule (2) ou un de ses sels,Where a, b, c, d and e are equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least 1 the arabinosides and alkyl xylosides then representing at least 25% by weight of all the compounds of formula (1). ii) from 0.1 to 12% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
H-(X-CHR2-CO)n-O-R3 (2) dans laquelle :H- (X-CHR2-CO) n-O-R3 (2) in which:
• lorsque X = NH, alors R2 est un radical choisi parmi : -CH3, -(CH2)3-NH- C(NH)-NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH, -(CH2)2-CO- NH2, -(CH2)2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2-(C3H3N2), -CH(CH3)-CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH(CH3)-CH3, -(CH2)4-NH2, -(CH2)2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, - CH(OH)-CH3, -CH2-(C8H6N), -CH2-(C6H4)-OH, -CH(CH3)-CH3When X = NH, then R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
• et lorsque X = N, alors R2 est le radical cyclique suivant : -(CH2)2-Y- , Y représentant un groupement méthylène -CH2- relié à XAnd when X = N, then R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
• R3, étant éventuellement identique à Rl, est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 8 à 36 atomes de carbone,R3, being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 8 to 36 carbon atoms,
• Tout particulièrement, on préférera R3 correspondant au radical dodécyl, tétradécyl, hexadécyl, octadécylIn particular, R3 corresponding to the dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl or octadecyl radical is preferred.
• n étant un nombre entier supérieure ou égale à 1 ; et lorsque n est supérieur à 1, alors R2 représente plusieurs radicaux tels que définis ci-dessus identiques ou différents les uns des autres. iii) de 30 à 95,9% en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formuleWhere n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other. iii) from 30 to 95.9% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula
(4)(4)
R4-OH (4) dans laquelle,R4-OH (4) wherein,
• R4 est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 1 à 36 atomes de carbone et plus particulièrement ayant de 8 à 20 atomes de carbone. R4 pourra être différent ou identique à Rl et R3.R 4 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms and more particularly having from 8 to 20 carbon atoms. R4 may be different or identical to R1 and R3.
On préférera notamment pour R4, les radicaux de type alkyl et particulièrement ceux dérivés d'alcools primaires ou secondaires ayant de 1 à 36 atomes de carbone. Des exemples typiques de radicaux alkyls sont les radicaux méthyl, éthyl, butyl, octyl ainsi que les radicaux provenant des alcools caprique, laurique, myristique, palmitique, stéarique, oléique et érucique et plus généralement les radicaux issus d'acides d'origine végétale ou encore les radicaux provenant des alcools d'origine terpénique comme le citronellol, le géraniol ou tétrahydrogéraniol. On pourra également choisir des radicaux alkyls provenant d'alcools synthétisés par hydrogénation des acides gras ou esters d'acides gras d'origine végétale. On pourra également choisir des radicaux alkyls provenant des alcools de Guerbet ou d'alcools techniques issus de l'hydrogénation d'aldéhydes d'origine pétrochimique.Particularly preferred for R4 are alkyl radicals and particularly those derived from primary or secondary alcohols having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms. Typical examples of alkyl radicals are methyl, ethyl, butyl and octyl radicals as well as radicals derived from capric, lauric, myristic, palmitic and stearic alcohols. oleic and erucic and more generally radicals derived from acids of vegetable origin or radicals from alcohols of terpene origin such as citronellol, geraniol or tetrahydrogeraniol. It is also possible to choose alkyl radicals originating from alcohols synthesized by hydrogenation of fatty acids or esters of fatty acids of vegetable origin. Alkyl radicals derived from Guerbet alcohols or technical alcohols derived from the hydrogenation of aldehydes of petrochemical origin can also be selected.
Enfin, les compositions selon l'invention présentent une biodégradabilité améliorée par rapport aux glycosides d'alkyle de l'état de l'art. On pourra prendre par exemple les résultats des tests de biodégradabilité ultime selon les tests de l'OCDE 301 (A, B, C, D, E et F).Finally, the compositions according to the invention exhibit improved biodegradability compared to the alkyl glycosides of the state of the art. For example, the ultimate biodegradability test results can be taken from OECD 301 tests (A, B, C, D, E and F).
La détermination de la biodégradabilité des agents de surface selon les normes ci- dessus, consiste à reconstituer, en laboratoire, les processus de dégradation qui peuvent se produire dans les stations d'épuration. Ce type d'étude permet ainsi de prévoir le comportement des produits dans ces centres, leur persistance dans l'environnement et donc d'évaluer leur impact sur les écosystèmes.The determination of the biodegradability of surfactants according to the above standards consists in reconstituting, in the laboratory, the degradation processes that can occur in the treatment plants. This type of study can predict the behavior of products in these centers, their persistence in the environment and therefore assess their impact on ecosystems.
L'étude de la biodégradabilité des compositions selon l'invention a été réalisée en évaluant la biodégradabilité aérobie ultime en suivant la directive OCDE 301F sur les produits chimiques. Celle-ci est équivalente à la directive européenne n°92/69 partie C4-D et à la norme AFNOR NF EN ISO 9408.The study of the biodegradability of the compositions according to the invention was carried out by evaluating the ultimate aerobic biodegradability according to the OECD directive 301F on chemicals. This is equivalent to the European directive n ° 92/69 part C4-D and the standard AFNOR NF EN ISO 9408.
Pour pouvoir calculer cette biodégradabilité, il faut accéder aux données suivantes :To calculate this biodegradability, the following data must be available:
La Demande Biologique en Oxygène (DBO) qui est déterminée à l'aide d'un respiromètre fermé. Un volume mesuré de milieu minéral, contenant à la fois des bactéries issues de boues d'une station d'épuration d'eaux ménagères et une concentration connue de substance d'essai comme unique source nominale de carbone organique, est soumis à une agitation dans un flacon fermé à 2O0C pendant 28 jours. Si la biodégradation a lieu, les micro-organismes consomment de l'oxygène et produisent du dioxyde de carbone absorbé par du natron (Na2CO3), ce qui entraîne une baisse de la pression dans le récipient. Cette diminution de pression est détectée par un manomètre qui déclenche la production d'oxygène par électrolyse. Lorsque la pression initiale est rétablie, l'électrolyse est interrompue et la quantité d'électricité utilisée mesurée par le moniteur. Cette quantité d'électricité est proportionnelle à la quantité consommée d'oxygène (mg/mg de produit). Celle-ci est enregistrée au cours du temps par un ordinateur.The Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) that is determined using a closed respirometer. A measured volume of mineral medium, containing both bacteria from sludge from a domestic wastewater treatment plant and a known concentration of test substance as the sole nominal source of organic carbon, is agitated in a closed bottle at 20 ° C. for 28 days. If the biodegradation takes place, the microorganisms consume oxygen and produce carbon dioxide absorbed by natron (Na 2 CO 3 ), which causes a drop in the pressure in the container. This decrease in pressure is detected by a manometer that triggers the production of oxygen by electrolysis. When the initial pressure is restored, the electrolysis is interrupted and the amount of electricity used measured by the monitor. This quantity of electricity is proportional to the quantity of oxygen consumed (mg / mg of product). This is recorded over time by a computer.
La Demande théorique en Oxygène (DthO) calculée à partir de la formule brute du produit. Il s'agit de la quantité totale d'oxygène nécessaire pour parvenir à l'oxydation complète d'un produit chimique et est exprimée en mg d'oxygène nécessaire par mg de substance d'essai. Elle est calculée à partir de la formule moléculaire par application de l'équation (A) où H, C, Cl, N, S, P, Na et O représentent le nombre de chacun de ces atomes dans une mole de produit.Theoretical Oxygen Demand (DthO) calculated from the raw formula of the product. This is the total amount of oxygen needed to achieve oxidation complete with a chemical and is expressed in mg of oxygen required per mg of test substance. It is calculated from the molecular formula by applying Equation (A) where H, C, Cl, N, S, P, Na and O represent the number of each of these atoms in one mole of product.
DthO=16 χ (2xC+0,5x(H- CI-3xN)+3xS + 2,5xP+0,5xNa-θ) DthO = 16 χ (2xC + 0.5x (H-Cl-3xN) + 3xS + 2.5xP + 0.5xNa-θ)
PM (A)PM (A)
La biodégradabilité est exprimée par l'équation (B).
Figure imgf000027_0001
Biodegradability is expressed by Equation (B).
Figure imgf000027_0001
Un respiromètre permet de suivre la biodégradabilité des produits ainsi que celle du témoin choisi, l'acétate de sodium.A respirometer makes it possible to follow the biodegradability of the products as well as that of the chosen control, sodium acetate.
L'interprétation des résultats n'est possible que si les critères de validité de la technique énoncés dans la norme sont vérifiés c'est-à-dire si : La dégradation du témoin (acétate de sodium) atteint 60% en moins de 14 jours. La consommation de l'inoculum seul (blanc) est inférieure à 60 mg/L à 28 jours et est comprise entre 20 et 30 mg/L.The interpretation of the results is only possible if the criteria of validity of the technique stated in the standard are checked, that is to say if: The degradation of the control (sodium acetate) reaches 60% in less than 14 days . The consumption of inoculum alone (white) is less than 60 mg / L at 28 days and is between 20 and 30 mg / L.
Le pH dans les réacteurs à la fin de la manipulation est compris entre 6 et 8,5 ; La dégradation des produits est supérieure à 60% dans un intervalle de 10 jours dès que 10% de la biodégradabilité est atteinte et au maximum en 28 jours d'après la norme.The pH in the reactors at the end of the handling is between 6 and 8.5; Product degradation is greater than 60% within 10 days as soon as 10% of biodegradability is reached and maximum within 28 days according to the standard.
De par leur propriétés améliorées, les compositions de la présente invention permettent la formulation d'agents tensioactifs et de produits détergents, agrochimiques ou cosmétiques. C'est à dire qu'il est avantageux de formuler tout produit permettant le nettoyage ou le mouillage de la surface d'un objet solide ou d'une partie du corps suivant un processus impliquant une action physico-chimique autre que la simple dissolution des salissures avec les compositions de l'invention.By their improved properties, the compositions of the present invention allow the formulation of surfactants and detergent, agrochemical or cosmetic products. That is to say, it is advantageous to formulate any product allowing the cleaning or wetting of the surface of a solid object or a part of the body following a process involving a physicochemical action other than the simple dissolution of soiling with the compositions of the invention.
Un dernier aspect de l'invention concerne donc des produits détergents, cosmétiques ou agrochimiques, caractérisés en ce qu'ils contiennent de 0,1% à 50% en poids de base spécifique de formulation (base détergente, cosmétique ou agrochimique) et de 1 à 99% en poids de composition tensioactive selon l'invention.A final aspect of the invention therefore relates to detergent, cosmetic or agrochemical products, characterized in that they contain from 0.1% to 50% by weight of specific base of formulation (detergent base, cosmetic or agrochemical) and 1 99% by weight of surfactant composition according to the invention.
Les bases spécifiques de formulation sont choisies selon l'application envisagée (cosmétique, textile, nettoyage industriel, produits ménagers). On choisira par exemple comme base détergente ou base cosmétique un ou plusieurs adjuvants de formulation tels que ceux décrits dans « Détergents et Produits de Soins Corporels » de L. Ho Tan Taï, Paris 1999. Parmi ces adjuvants on pourra citer par exemple : des épaississants, des gélifiants ioniques, ou non ioniques, comme les dérivés de cellulose (carboxyméthylcellulose, hydroxyéthylcellulose), de guar (hydroxypropylguar, carboxyméthylguar, carboxyméthylhydroxypropylguar...), de caroube, les exsudats d'arbres (gomme arabique, le karaya...), les extraits d'algues marines (alginates, carraghénates...), les exsudats de micro-organismes (gomme de xanthane), des agents hydrotropes, comme les alcools courts en C2-C8, en particulier l'éthanol, les diols et glycols comme le diéthylène glycol, dipropylèneglycol,... des agents hydratants ou humectants pour la peau comme le glycérol, le sorbitol, le collagène, la gélatine, l'aloe vera, l'acide hyaluronique, l'urée ou des agents protecteurs de la peau, comme les protéines ou hydrolysats de protéines, les polymères cationiques, comme les dérivés cationiques du guar (JAGUAR C13S®, JAGUAR C 162®, HICARE 1000® commercialisés par la société RHODIA), des glycolipides tels que les sophoroses lipides, des charges telles que les poudres ou les particules minérales comme du carbonate de calcium, les oxydes minéraux sous forme de poudre ou sous forme colloïdale (particules de taille inférieure ou de l'ordre de un micromètre, parfois de quelques dizaines de nanomètres) comme du dioxyde de titane, de la silice, des sels d'aluminium utilisés généralement comme antitranspirants, du kaolin, du talc, les argiles et leurs dérivés, des agents conservateurs comme les méthyl, éthyl, propyl et butyl esters de l'acide p-hydroxybenzoïque, le benzoate de sodium ou tout agent chimique évitant la prolifération bactérienne ou des moisissures et utilisés traditionnellement dans des compositions cosmétiques à hauteur de 0,01 à 3% en poids, des monopigments minéraux photoprotecteurs, comme le dioxyde de titane ou les oxydes de cérium sous forme de poudre ou de particules colloïdales, des adoucissants, les antioxydants, les agents autobronzant comme la dihydroxyacétone, les agents répulsifs contre les insectes, les vitamines, les parfums, les charges, les séquestrants, les colorants, les agents tampon... des abrasifs tels que les noyaux d'abricots broyés, les microbilles... les polyphosphates (tripolyphosphates, pyrophosphates, orthophosphates, hexamétaphosphates) de métaux alcalins, d'ammonium ou d'alcanolamines, les tétraborates ou les précurseurs de borates, les silicates, en particulier ceux présentant un rapport SiO2/Na2O de l'ordre de 1,6/1 à 3,2/1 et les silicates lamellaires décrits dans le brevet US-A-4 664 839, les carbonates (bicarbonates, sesquicarbonates) alcalins ou alcalino-terreux, les cogranulés de silicates hydratés de métaux alcalins et de carbonates de métaux alcalins (sodium ou de potassium) riches en atomes de silicium sous forme Q2 ou Q3, décrits dans le brevet EP-A-488 868, les aminosilicates cristallins ou amorphes de métaux alcalins (sodium, potassium) ou d'ammonium, tels que les zéolithes A, P, X... ; la zéolithe A de taille de particules de l'ordre de 0,1-10 micromètres est préférée, les polyphosphonates hydrosolubles (émane 1-hydroxy-l, 1-diphosphonates, sels de méthylène diphosphonates...), les sels hydrosolubles de polymères ou de copolymères carboxyliques ou leurs sels hydrosolubles tels que : les éthers polycarboxylates (acide oxydisuccinique et ses sels, tartrate monosuccinic acide et ses sels, tartrate disuccinic acide et ses sels), les éthers hydroxypolycarboxylates, l'acide citrique et ses sels, l'acide mellitique, l'acide succinique et leurs sels, les sels d'acides polyacétiques (éthylènediaminetétraacétates, nitrilotriacétates, N-(2 hydroxyéthyl)-nitrilodiacétates), les acides alkyl C5-C20 succiniques et leurs sels (2- dodécénylsuccinates, lauryl succinates,), les esters polyacétals carboxyliques, l'acide polyaspartique, l'acide polyglutamique et leurs sels, les polyimides dérivés de la polycondensation de l'acide aspartique et/ou de l'acide glutamique, les dérivés polycarboxyméthylés de l'acide glutamique ou d'autres acides aminés, les azurants optiques classiquement dans le domaine, notamment l'acide stilbène disulfonique ou les dérivés du bis-(styryl)biphényle, les agents de blanchiment éventuellement associés à des activateurs de blanchiment tels que : les perborates tels que le perborate de sodium monohydraté ou tétrahydraté, les composés peroxygénés tels que le carbonate de sodium peroxyhydraté, le pyrophosphate peroxyhydraté, l'urée peroxyhydratée, le peroxyde de sodium, le persulfate de sodium de préférence associés à un activateur de blanchiement générant in situ dans le milieu lessiviel, un peroxyacide carboxylique ; parmi ces activateurs, on peut mentionner, la tétraacétyléthylène diamine, la tétraacétylméthylène diamine, le tétraacétyl glycoluryl, le p-acétoxybenzène sulfonate de sodium, le pentaacétyl glucose, l'octaacétyl lactose, les acides percarboxyliques et leurs sels (appelés « percarbonates ») tels que le monoperoxyphtalate de magnésium hexahydraté, le métachloroperbenzoate de magnésium, l'acide 4-nonylamine-4-oxoperoxybutyrique, l'acide 6-nonylamine-6-oxoperoxycaproïque, l'acide diperoxydodécanedioïque, le nonylamide de l'acide peroxysuccinique, l'acide décyldiperoxysuccinique, les agents anti-salissures tels que : les dérivés cellulosiques tels que les hydroxyéthers de cellulose, la méthylcellulose, l'éthylcellulose, l'hydroxypropyl méthylcellulose, l'hydroxybutyl méthylcellulose, les polyvinylesters greffés sur des troncs polyalkylènes tels que les polyvinylacétates greffés sur des troncs polyoxyéthylènes (EP-A- 219 048), les alcools polyvinyliques, les copolymères polyesters à base de motifs ethylène téréphtalate et/ou propylène téréphtalate et polyoxyéthylène téréphtalate... les agents anti-redéposition tels que : les monoamines ou polyamines éthoxylées, les polymères d'aminés éthoxylées (US-A-4 597 898, EP-A-I l 984), la carboxyméthylcellulose, les oligomères polyesters sulfonés obtenus par condensation de l'acide isophtalique, du sulfosuccinate de diméthyle et de diéthylène glycol (FR-A-2 236 926), les polyvinylpyrrolidones, les agents chélatants du fer et du magnésium, tels que : les nitrilotriacétates, les éthylènediaminetétraacétates, hydroxyéthyléthylènediaminetriacétates, les nitrilotris- (méthylène phosphonates), les composés aromatiques polyfonctionnels tels que les dihydroxydisulfobenzènes, les agents de fluorescence tels que les dérivés de stilbène, pyrazoline, coumarine, acide fumarique, acide cinnamique, azoles, méthinecyanines, thiophènes... les agents suppresseurs de mousses tels que : les acides gras monocarboxyliques en C10-C24 ou leurs sels alcalins, d'ammonium ou alcanolamines, les triglycérides d'acides gras, les hydrocarbures saturés ou insaturés aliphatiques, alicycliques, aromatiques ou hétérocycliques, tels que les paraffines, les cires, les N- alkylaminotriazines, les monostéarylphosphates, les monostéaryl alcool phosphates, les huiles ou résines polyorganosiloxanes éventuellement combinées avec des particules de silice, les agents adoucissants tels que les argiles, les enzymes telles que : les protéases, amylases, lipases, cellulases, peroxydases (US-A-3 553 139, US-A-4 101 457, US-A-4 507 219, US-A-4 261 868),The specific bases of formulation are chosen according to the envisaged application (cosmetic, textile, industrial cleaning, household products). For example, one or more formulation adjuvants such as those described in "Detergents and Body Care Products" by L. Ho Tan Taï, Paris 1999, will be chosen as detergent base or cosmetic base. Among these adjuvants there may be mentioned, for example: thickeners , ionic gelling agents, or nonionic, such as cellulose derivatives (carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose), guar (hydroxypropylguar, carboxymethylguar, carboxymethylhydroxypropylguar ...), carob, tree exudates (gum arabic, karaya ... ), marine algae extracts (alginates, carrageenates ...), exosudates of microorganisms (xanthan gum), hydrotropic agents, such as short C2-C8 alcohols, in particular ethanol, diols and glycols such as diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, skin moisturizers or humectants such as glycerol, sorbitol, collagen, gelatin, aloe vera, hyaluronic acid, urea or skin-protecting agents, such as proteins or protein hydrolysates, cationic polymers, such as cationic guar derivatives (Jaguar C13S®, Jaguar C 162®, Hicare 1000® sold by Rhodia), glycolipids such as sophoroses lipids, fillers such as powders or mineral particles such as calcium carbonate, mineral oxides in the form of powder or in colloidal form (particles of smaller size or of the order of a micrometer, sometimes of a few tens of nanometers) such as titanium dioxide, silica, aluminum salts generally used as antiperspirants, kaolin, talc, clays and their derivatives, preservatives such as methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl esters of p-acid. -hydroxybenzoic acid, sodium benzoate or any chemical agent avoiding bacterial growth or mold and traditionally used in cosmetic compositions from 0.01 to 3% by weight, photoprotective mineral monopigers, such as titanium dioxide or cerium oxides in the form of powder or colloidal particles, softeners, antioxidants, self-tanning agents such as dihydroxyacetone, repellents against insects, vitamins, perfumes, fillers, sequestering agents, dyes, buffering agents, abrasives such as ground apricot kernels, microbeads, polyphosphates (tripolyphosphates, pyrophosphates) orthophosphates, hexametaphosphates) of alkali metals, ammonium or alkanolamines, tetraborates or borate precursors, silicates, in particular those having a SiO 2 / Na 2 O ratio of the order of 1.6 / 1 to 3.2 / 1 and the lamellar silicates described in US-A -4 664 839, the alkali or alkaline earth carbonates (bicarbonates, sesquicarbonates), the cogranules of alkali metal hydrated silicates and of alkali metal carbonates (sodium or potassium) rich in silicon atoms in the Q2 or Q3 form, as described in EP-A-488 868, crystalline or amorphous aminosilicates of alkali metals (sodium, potassium) or ammonium, such as zeolites A, P, X, etc .; particle size zeolite A of the order of 0.1-10 micrometers is preferred, the water-soluble polyphosphonates (emanates 1-hydroxy-1,1-diphosphonates, methylene diphosphonate salts, etc.), the water-soluble polymer salts, or of carboxylic copolymers or their water-soluble salts such as: polycarboxylate ethers (oxydisuccinic acid and its salts, monosuccinic acid tartrate and its salts, disuccinic acid tartrate and its salts), hydroxypolycarboxylate ethers, citric acid and its salts, mellitic acid, succinic acid and their salts, salts of polyacetic acids (ethylenediaminetetraacetates, nitrilotriacetates, N- (2-hydroxyethyl) -nitrilodiacetates), C5-C20 alkyl succinic acids and their salts (2-dodecenylsuccinates, lauryl succinates, ), polyacetal carboxylic esters, polyaspartic acid, polyglutamic acid and their salts, polyimides derived from the polycondensation of aspartic acid and / or glutic acid polycarboxymethyl derivatives of glutamic acid or other amino acids, optical brighteners conventionally in the field, especially stilbene disulfonic acid or derivatives of bis (styryl) biphenyl, bleaching agents optionally associated with bleaching activators such as: perborates such as sodium perborate monohydrate or tetrahydrate, peroxygen compounds such as sodium carbonate peroxyhydrate, pyrophosphate peroxyhydrate, urea peroxyhydrate, sodium peroxide, preferably sodium persulfate a bleach activator generating in situ in the washing medium, a carboxylic peroxyacid; among these activators, mention may be made of tetraacetylethylene diamine, tetraacetylmethylene diamine, tetraacetyl glycoluryl, sodium p-acetoxybenzene sulfonate, pentaacetyl glucose, octaacetyl lactose, percarboxylic acids and their salts (called "percarbonates") such as that magnesium monoperoxyphthalate hexahydrate, magnesium metachloroperbenzoate, 4-nonylamine-4-oxoperoxybutyric acid, 6-nonylamine-6-oxoperoxycaproic acid, diperoxydodecanedioic acid, nonylamide of peroxysuccinic acid, decyldiperoxysuccinic acid, antifouling agents such as: derivatives cellulosics such as cellulose hydroxyethers, methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxybutyl methylcellulose, polyvinyl esters grafted on polyalkylene trunks such as polyvinylacetates grafted on polyoxyethylene trunks (EP-A-219 048), polyvinyl alcohols, polyester copolymers based on ethylene terephthalate and / or propylene terephthalate units and polyoxyethylene terephthalate units ... anti-redeposition agents such as: ethoxylated monoamines or polyamines, ethoxylated amine polymers (US-A-4) 597,898, EP-A-1 984), carboxymethylcellulose, sulfonated polyester oligomers obtained by condensation of isophthalic acid e, dimethyl sulphosuccinate and diethylene glycol (FR-A-2,236,926), polyvinylpyrrolidones, chelating agents of iron and magnesium, such as: nitrilotriacetates, ethylenediaminetetraacetates, hydroxyethylethylenediaminetriacetates, nitrilotris- (methylenephosphonates) polyfunctional aromatic compounds such as dihydroxydisulfobenzenes, fluorescent agents such as stilbene derivatives, pyrazoline, coumarin, fumaric acid, cinnamic acid, azoles, methinecyanines, thiophenes, foam suppressants such as: fatty acids C10-C24 monocarboxylic or their alkali metal, ammonium or alkanolamine salts, triglycerides of fatty acids, saturated or unsaturated aliphatic, alicyclic, aromatic or heterocyclic hydrocarbons, such as paraffins, waxes, N-alkylaminotriazines, monostearylphosphates, monostearyl alcohol phosphates, polyol oils or resins organosiloxanes optionally combined with silica particles, softening agents such as clays, enzymes such as: proteases, amylases, lipases, cellulases, peroxidases (US-A-3,553,139, US-A-4,101,457, US Pat. -A-4,507,219, US-A-4,261,868),
Parmi les adjuvants spécifiques de formulation de produits phytosanitaires ou agrochimiques constituant la base agrochimique des produits finaux, on citera les matières actives phytosanitaires telles que les herbicides, les fongicides et les insecticides ainsi que d'autres adjuvants de formulations décrits dans THE PESTICIDE MANUAL (9° édition, CR. WORKING et RJ HANCE, éditeurs, publié par The British Crop Protection Council). L'invention concerne enfin les émulsions qui comprennent en poids : a. de 0,1 à 20 % par rapport au poids total de l'émulsion, de composition selon l'invention, et de préférence entre 1 et 10% b. de 0 à 95 % par rapport au poids total de l'émulsion, d'huile, et de préférence entre 0 et 50% c. de 0 à 50 % par rapport au poids total de l'émulsion, de substance active, et de préférence entre 0 et 20% d. de l'eau en complément à 100%.Among the specific adjuvants for the formulation of phytosanitary or agrochemical products constituting the agrochemical base of the final products, mention will be made of phytosanitary active ingredients such as herbicides, fungicides and insecticides as well as other formulation adjuvants described in THE PESTICIDE MANUAL (9th edition, CR.WORKING and RJ HANCE, eds., published by The British Crop Protection Council). The invention finally relates to emulsions which comprise by weight: a. from 0.1 to 20% relative to the total weight of the emulsion, of the composition according to the invention, and preferably from 1 to 10% b. from 0 to 95% relative to the total weight of the emulsion, of oil, and preferably between 0 and 50% c. from 0 to 50% relative to the total weight of the emulsion, active substance, and preferably between 0 and 20% d. water in addition to 100%.
Les émulsions préparées à partir des compositions de l'invention peuvent être utilisées dans différentes applications cosmétiques ou dermatologiques ou industrielles, par exemple sous forme de crèmes pour le visage, pour le corps, pour le cuir chevelu ou pour la chevelure ou sous forme de lait pour le corps ou pour le démaquillage ou encore sous forme de pommades par exemple à usage pharmaceutique ou enfin dans l'industrie routière pour la préparation de revêtements routiers. Ces émulsions peuvent également être utilisées pour le maquillage, notamment sous forme de fonds de teint, après addition de pigments. Elles peuvent aussi être utilisées comme crèmes solaires après addition de filtres UVA et/ou UVB et/ou DHA, ou comme crèmes ou laits après soleil après addition de composés apaisants tels que le panthénol ou le beurre de Karité.The emulsions prepared from the compositions of the invention can be used in various cosmetic or dermatological or industrial applications, for example in the form of creams for the face, for the body, for the scalp or for the hair or in the form of milk. for the body or for removing make-up or in the form of ointments for example for pharmaceutical use or finally in the road industry for the preparation of road surfaces. These emulsions can also be used for makeup, especially in the form of foundation, after addition of pigments. They can also be used as sunscreens after addition of UVA and / or UVB and / or DHA filters, or as creams or milks after sun after addition of soothing compounds such as panthenol or shea butter.
Les émulsions peuvent également contenir des agents tensioactifs lavants, moussants ou détergents ioniques ou non ioniques tels que le lauryléther sulfate de sodium, les alkyl-bétaïnes pour faire des émulsions lavantes telles que les crèmes lavantes hydratantes, ou des émulsions pour le rasage.The emulsions may also contain surfactants, foaming or ionic or nonionic detergents such as sodium lauryl ether sulphate, alkyl betaines to make washing emulsions such as moisturizing washing creams, or emulsions for shaving.
Les émulsions peuvent contenir en outre, en vue d'augmenter leurs qualités cosmétiques, une cire cosmétique telle que par exemple de la cire de riz, de la cire de candellila, de la cire du Japon ou de la cire de Paille de blé.The emulsions may further contain, in order to increase their cosmetic qualities, a cosmetic wax such as, for example, rice wax, candelilla wax, Japanese wax or wheat straw wax.
Les compositions de l'invention peuvent être utilisées également dans des formulations où il est nécessaire de maintenir en suspension dans l'eau des solides finement divisés, comme les formulations de matières actives agrochimiques (herbicides, insecticides, fongicides,...) ou du bitume, connues sous le nom générique de « suspensions concentrées ». Outre un tensioactif dispersant, on retrouve comme additifs dans une formulation de suspension concentrée, des additifs comme par exemple un tensioactif mouillant, pris parmi les dérivés alcoylés d'alcools aliphatiques, les dérivés aryl sulfonés comme l'isopropylnaphtalène sulfonate de sodium, les dialkyl sulfosuccinates comme le di- éthyl-2-hexyl sulfosuccinate de sodium, des polymères dispersants, comme les acides polyacryliques et leurs sels, les copolymères anhydride (ou acide) maléique - diisobutylène et leurs sels, les méthylnaphtalène sulfonates de sodium condensés, les polymères dispersants dérivés de la lignine comme les lignosulfonates de sodium ou de calcium ou d'autres tensioactifs dispersants comme les dérivés alcoxylés, éventuellement sulfatés ou phosphatés de tristyrylphénols. On peut trouver en outre dans ces formulations, des additifs antigels comme le propylène glycol et des additifs épaississants, modifiant le comportement rhéologique de la suspension comme la gomme xanthane, les dérivés de la cellulose (carboxyméthylcellulose), la gomme guar ou ses dérivés, des argiles ou des argiles modifiées comme la bentonite et les bentones.The compositions of the invention can also be used in formulations where it is necessary to maintain in suspension in water finely divided solids, such as agrochemical active ingredient formulations (herbicides, insecticides, fungicides, etc.) or bitumen, known under the generic name of "concentrated suspensions". In addition to a dispersing surfactant, additives such as, for example, a wetting surfactant, taken from the alkylated derivatives of aliphatic alcohols, the aryl sulphonated derivatives, are found as additives in a concentrated suspension formulation. such as sodium isopropylnaphthalene sulfonate, dialkyl sulfosuccinates such as sodium di-ethyl-2-hexyl sulfosuccinate, dispersing polymers, such as polyacrylic acids and their salts, anhydride (or acid) maleic-diisobutylene copolymers and their salts, condensed sodium methylnaphthalenesulfonates, lignin-derived dispersing polymers such as sodium or calcium lignosulfonates or other dispersing surfactants such as alkoxylated derivatives, optionally sulphated or phosphated with tristyrylphenols. In addition, these formulations may contain antifreeze additives such as propylene glycol and thickening additives which modify the rheological behavior of the suspension, such as xanthan gum, cellulose derivatives (carboxymethylcellulose), guar gum or its derivatives, clays or modified clays such as bentonite and bentones.
La phase huileuse des émulsions selon l'invention peut être constituée par le ou les alcools gras linéaires ou ramifiés pouvant être présents dans la composition émulsionnante de l'invention sans qu'il ne soit nécessaire de mettre en œuvre une autre huile. Mais d'une manière plus générale on utilisera une huile ou un mélange d'huiles, choisie sans l'intention de s'y limiter, parmi les huiles suivantes :The oily phase of the emulsions according to the invention may consist of the linear or branched fatty alcohol or alcohols which may be present in the emulsifying composition of the invention without it being necessary to use another oil. But more generally we will use an oil or a mixture of oils, chosen without the intention to be limited to, among the following oils:
Les huiles d'origine végétale, tels que l'huile d'amande douce, l'huile de coprah, l'huile de ricin, l'huile de jojoba, l'huile d'olive, l'huile de colza, l'huile de noisette, l'huile de palme, le beurre de karité, l'huile de noyau d'abricot, l'huile de calophylum, l'huile de carthame, l'huile d'avocat, l'huile de noix, l'huile de pépins de raisins, l'huile de germe de blé, l'huile de tournesol, l'huile de germe de maïs, l'huile de soja, l'huile de coton, l'huile de luzerne, l'huile d'orge, l'huile de pavot, l'huile de potimarron, l'huile de sézame, l'huile de seigle, l'huile d'onagre, l'huile de passiflore, des dérivés de ces huiles comme les huiles hydrogénées,Vegetable oils, such as sweet almond oil, coconut oil, castor oil, jojoba oil, olive oil, rapeseed oil, hazelnut oil, palm oil, shea butter, apricot kernel oil, calophylum oil, safflower oil, avocado oil, walnut oil, lemon oil grape seed oil, wheat germ oil, sunflower oil, corn germ oil, soybean oil, cottonseed oil, alfalfa oil, oil of barley, poppy oil, pumpkin oil, sezame oil, rye oil, evening primrose oil, passionflower oil, derivatives of these oils such as hydrogenated oils ,
Les huiles d'origine animale, comme l'huile de suif, l'huile de poissons,Oils of animal origin, such as tallow oil, fish oil,
Les huiles minérales, telles que l'huile de paraffine, l'huile de vaseline et les huiles minérales notamment issues de coupes pétrolières,Mineral oils, such as liquid paraffin, liquid petroleum jelly and mineral oils especially from petroleum cuts,
Les huiles synthétiques, comme les poly-α-oléfines,Synthetic oils, such as poly-α-olefins,
Les dérivés de la lanoline,The derivatives of lanolin,
Les alcanediols possédant de 2 à 10 atomes de carbone comme le 1,2 propanediol, le 1,3-butanediol,Alkanediols having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms such as 1,2 propanediol, 1,3-butanediol,
Les alcools possédant un radical aliphatique, saturé ou insaturé ayant 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, linéaire ou ramifié, ayant 12 à 22 atomes de carbone, tels que l'alcool myristique, l'alcool cétylique, l'alcool stéarylique, l'alcool oléique, Les polyéthylène glycols ou polypropylène glycols,Alcohols having a saturated or unsaturated aliphatic radical having 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, linear or branched, having 12 to 22 carbon atoms, such as myristic alcohol, cetyl alcohol, stearyl alcohol, oleic alcohol , Polyethylene glycols or polypropylene glycols,
Les esters gras tels que les myristates d'alkyle notamment le myristate de butyle, le myristate de propyle, les palmitates d'alkyle comme le palmitate d'isopropyle, les stéarates d'alkyle notamment les stéarates d'hexadécyle, les oléates d'alkyle, notamment l'oléate de dodecyle, les laurates d'alkyle, notamment le laurate d'hexyle, le dicaprylate de propylène glycol, le cocoate d'éthyl-2-hexyle, les esters de l'acide lactique, de l'acide béhennique, de l'acide isostéarique tel que l'isostéarate d'isostéaryle, les esters d'acides gras de colza, d'acides gras de tournesol, d'acides gras de lin, d'acides gras de coton, d'acides gras de soja,Fatty esters such as alkyl myristates, especially butyl myristate, propyl myristate, alkyl palmitates such as isopropyl palmitate, alkyl stearates, in particular hexadecyl stearates, alkyl oleates , especially dodecyl oleate, alkyl laurates, especially hexyl laurate, propylene glycol dicaprylate, 2-ethylhexyl cocoate, esters of lactic acid, behenic acid , isostearic acid such as isostearyl isostearate, fatty acid esters of rapeseed, sunflower fatty acids, linseed fatty acids, cotton fatty acids, soy,
Les huiles silicones regroupant les polydiméthylsiloxanes cycliques, les polydiméthylsiloxanes α-ω hydroxylées, les polydiméthylsiloxanes α-ω triméthylsilyllés, les polyorganosiloxanes comme les polyalkylméthylsolixanes, les polyméthylphénylsiloxanes, les polydiohénilsiloxanes, les dérivés aminés des silicones, les silicones copolyéthers ou les dérivés mixtes de silicones comme les copolymères mixtes polyalkylméthylsiloxanes-silicones copolyéthers.Silicone oils comprising cyclic polydimethylsiloxanes, α-ω hydroxylated polydimethylsiloxanes, α-ω trimethylsilylated polydimethylsiloxanes, polyorganosiloxanes such as polyalkylmethylsolixanes, polymethylphenylsiloxanes, polydiohénilsiloxanes, amino derivatives of silicones, silicone copolyethers or mixed derivatives of silicones such as mixed polyalkylmethylsiloxane-silicone copolyether copolymers.
Les huiles essentielles de lavande, thym, sarriette, sauge, menthe, cumin, carvi, anis vert, fenouil, aneth, eucalyptus, cajeput, niaouli, girofle, pin, cèdre, cyprès, genévrier, citron, orange, bergamote, cannelle, laurier, camomille, cèdre.Essential oils of lavender, thyme, savory, sage, mint, caraway, caraway, green anise, fennel, dill, eucalyptus, cajeput, niaouli, clove, pine, cedar, cypress, juniper, lemon, orange, bergamot, cinnamon, laurel , chamomile, cedar.
Le bitumeBitumen
Les émulsions comporteront à titre de substance actives des agents spécifiques selon l'application envisagée (cosmétique, textile, nettoyage industriel, produits ménagers, industrie routière) tels que des agents anticalcaires, alcalins, de blanchiment, des enzymes, des polymères (ou agent épaississant), des agents anti-mousse ou promoteurs de mousse, des azurants optiques, des opacifiants, des colorants, différentes charges permettant l'ajustement du pH, des arômes, des préservateurs ou des agents thérapeutiques ou de toucher et notamment les adjuvants de formulation cités précédemment.The emulsions will comprise, as active substance, specific agents according to the application envisaged (cosmetics, textiles, industrial cleaning, household products, road industry) such as anti-scale, alkaline, bleaching agents, enzymes, polymers (or thickening agent). ), anti-foam agents or foam promoters, optical brighteners, opacifiers, dyes, various fillers for adjusting the pH, flavors, preservatives or therapeutic or touching agents, and especially the formulation adjuvants mentioned previously.
Les émulsions peuvent être fabriquées soit en mélangeant directement les ingrédients solides ou liquides à une température comprise entre la température ambiante et 2000C et en homogénéisant la préparation par une agitation vigoureuse ou à l'aide d'un homogénéisateur haute pression, soit en préparant indépendamment les phases lipophiles et hydrophiles à une température comprise entre la température ambiante et 90°C et en homogénéisant la préparation en ajoutant l'une des phases sur l'autre sous agitation. Les exemples suivants illustrent l'invention, sans toutefois la limiter : EXEMPLE 1 : Composition tensioactive selon l'invention comportant des glycosides de décyle issus de son de blé désamylacé et un ester décylique de L-ProlineThe emulsions may be manufactured either by directly mixing the solid or liquid ingredients at a temperature of between room temperature and 200 ° C. and by homogenizing the preparation by vigorous stirring or by means of a high-pressure homogenizer, or by preparing independently the lipophilic and hydrophilic phases at a temperature between room temperature and 90 ° C and homogenizing the preparation by adding one of the phases on the other with stirring. The following examples illustrate the invention, without limiting it: EXAMPLE 1 Surfactant composition according to the invention comprising decyl glycosides derived from desamylated wheat bran and a decyl ester of L-Proline
On prépare une composition tensioactive n°l par mise en solution d'ester décylique de L-Proline (PRO ClO) et de glycosides de décyle issus du son de blé désamylacé (APP ClO).A surfactant composition No. 1 is prepared by dissolving L-Proline decyl ester (PRO ClO) and decyl glycosides derived from the desamylated wheat bran (APP ClO).
PRO ClO est obtenu par estérification du décanol par la proline en présence d'une quantité catalytique d'acide méthane sulfonique selon un protocole adapté de J. Biol. Chem. 161, 259-269, 1945.PRO ClO is obtained by esterification of decanol with proline in the presence of a catalytic amount of methanesulfonic acid according to a protocol adapted from J. Biol. Chem. 161, 259-269, 1945.
APP ClO est un mélange de glycosides d'alkyle obtenu par greffage de décanol sur un sirop de pentoses obtenu selon la méthode décrite à l'exemple 1 de la demande FR 2723858. Les principaux composants sont décrits ci-dessous. Leur proportion est déterminée par chromatographie en phase gazeuse.APP ClO is a mixture of alkyl glycosides obtained by grafting decanol onto a syrup of pentoses obtained according to the method described in Example 1 of application FR 2723858. The main components are described below. Their proportion is determined by gas chromatography.
Composants/matière sèche % en poidsComponents / dry matter% by weight
Glucosides de décyle 7Decyl glucosides 7
Xylosides de décyle 54Decyl Xylosides 54
Arabinosides de décyle 31Decylating Arabinosides 31
Autres glycosides et impuretés 8Other glycosides and impurities 8
Description de APP ClODescription of APP ClO
• Les glucosides de décyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical décyl, Gl est le reste du glucose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Decyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les xylosides de décyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical décyl, Gl est le reste du xylose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Decyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les arabinosides de décyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical décyl, Gl est le reste de l'arabinose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Decyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les autres glycosides correspondent aux polyglycosides de formule (1) où Rl est le radical décyle et la somme a, b, c, d, e est supérieure ou égale à 2.The other glycosides correspond to the polyglycosides of formula (1) where R 1 is the decyl radical and the sum a, b, c, d, e is greater than or equal to 2.
On solubilise dans 100 g d'eau 80 g d"APP ClO et 20g de PROClO par agitation mécanique à 600C pendant 5 minutes. On obtient alors la composition n°l présentant en poids par rapport à la matière sèche les proportions suivantes : Composants/matière sèche % en poidsIn 100 g of water were dissolved 80 g "ClO APP and 20g Proclo by mechanical stirring at 60 0 C for 5 minutes then obtained composition No. liters by weight relative to the dry matter the following proportions.: Components / dry matter% by weight
PRO ClO 20 APP ClO 80PRO ClO 20 APP ClO 80
Description de la composition n°lDescription of Composition No. 1
EXEMPLE 2 : Composition tensioactive selon l'invention comportant des glycosides de dodecyle et tétradecyle issus de son de blé désamylacé et des esters alcooliques d'acides aminés.EXAMPLE 2 Surfactant composition according to the invention comprising dodecyl and tetradecyl glycosides derived from desamylated wheat bran and alcoholic esters of amino acids.
On prépare des compositions selon l'invention comportant des glycosides de dodecyle et tétradecyle (APP C12/C14), des esters dodecylique et tétradecylique d'acide aminés (AAE C 12/Cl 4).Compositions according to the invention comprising dodecyl and tetradecyl glycosides (APP C12 / C14), dodecyl and tetradecyl amino acid esters (C12 / C14 AAE) are prepared.
APP C 12/Cl 4 est un mélange de glycosides d'alkyle obtenu par greffage d'un mélange d'alcool dodecylique et tétradecylique (LOROL 1214S de la société COGNIS) sur un sirop de pentoses obtenu selon la méthode décrite à l'exemple 1 de la demande FR 2723858. La proportion de chaque constituant principal est déterminée par chromatographie en phase gazeuse.APP C 12 / Cl 4 is a mixture of alkyl glycosides obtained by grafting a mixture of dodecyl alcohol and tetradecyl alcohol (LOROL 1214S from the company COGNIS) on a syrup of pentoses obtained according to the method described in Example 1 of the application FR 2723858. The proportion of each main constituent is determined by gas chromatography.
AAE C 12/Cl 4 est obtenu par estérifi cation d'un mélange d'alcool dodecylique et tétradecylique (LOROL 1214S de la société COGNIS) par un mélange d'acides aminés issus de l'hydrolyse du gluten de blé en présence d'une quantité catalytique d'acide sulfurique selon le protocole de J. Biol. Chem. 161, 259-269, 1945 appliqué à un mélange d'acides aminés.AAE C 12 / Cl 4 is obtained by esterification of a mixture of dodecyl alcohol and tetradecyl alcohol (LOROL 1214S from the company COGNIS) with a mixture of amino acids derived from the hydrolysis of wheat gluten in the presence of a catalytic amount of sulfuric acid according to the protocol of J. Biol. Chem. 161, 259-269, 1945 applied to a mixture of amino acids.
Composants/matière sèche % en poidsComponents / dry matter% by weight
Glucosides de dodecyle 5,6Dodecyl glucosides 5.6
Glucosides de tétradecyle 2,8Tetradecyl glucosides 2,8
Xylosides de dodecyle 43,9Dodecyl xylosides 43.9
Xylosides de tétradecyle 12,1Tetradecyl Xylosides 12.1
Arabinosides de dodecyle 27,1Arabinosides of dodecyl 27.1
Arabinosides de tétradecyle 8,5Tetradecyl arabinosides 8.5
Description de APP C12/C14Description of APP C12 / C14
• Les glucosides de dodecyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical dodecyl, Gl est le reste du glucose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à O. • Les glucosides de tétradecyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical tétradecyl, Gl est le reste du glucose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à O.The dodecyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a dodecyl radical, Gl is the rest of the glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to O. Tetradecyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a tetradecyl radical, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d, and e are equal to O.
• Les xylosides de dodecyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical dodecyl, Gl est le reste du xylose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à O.The dodecyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is a dodecyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to O.
• Les xylosides de tétradecyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical tétradecyl, Gl est le reste du xylose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Tetradecyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a tetradecyl radical, G 1 is the residue of xylose, a is 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les arabinosides de dodecyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical dodecyl, Gl est le reste de l'arabinose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.The dodecyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a dodecyl radical, Gl is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les arabinosides de tétradecyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical tétradecyl, Gl est le reste de l'arabinose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Tetradecyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a tetradecyl radical, Gl is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
Composants/matière sèche % en poidsComponents / dry matter% by weight
L-Proline 10,1L-Proline 10.1
L-GIutamine 30,3L-GIutamine 30.3
L-Leucine 6,3L-Leucine 6.3
L-Asparagine 4,7L-Asparagine 4.7
L-Phenylalanine 4,6L-Phenylalanine 4,6
L-Serine 4,2L-Serine 4,2
Autres < à 4% 39,8Other <to 4% 39.8
Description des principaux constituants du mélange d'acides aminés du gluten de blé.Description of the main constituents of the amino acid mixture of wheat gluten.
On solubilise dans 100 g d'eau 94,5 g d'APP C12/C14 et 5,5g d'AAE C12/C14 par agitation mécanique à 600C pendant 5 minutes. On obtient alors la composition n°2 présentant en poids par rapport à la matière sèche les proportions suivantes :94.5 g of APP C12 / C14 and 5.5 g of C12 / C14 AAE are solubilized in 100 g of water by mechanical stirring at 60 ° C. for 5 minutes. Composition No. 2 is then obtained having, by weight relative to the dry matter, the following proportions:
Composants/matière sèche % en poidsComponents / dry matter% by weight
APP C12/C14 94,5 AAE C12/C14 5,5APP C12 / C14 94.5 AAE C12 / C14 5.5
Description de Ia composition n°2 EXEMPLE 3 : Procédé de préparation de composition tensioactive selon l'invention.Description of Composition No. 2 EXAMPLE 3 Process for preparing a surfactant composition according to the invention
On met en suspension 350 g de son désamylacé comportant 1 % d'amidon, 16 % de protéines, 47% d'hémicelluloses sous la forme de pentosanes, 3040 g d'un mélange d'octanol et de décanol à 45/55 (LOROL C8/C10 de la société COGNIS) et 33 g d'acide sulfurique à 96% à une température de 109°C pendant 1 heure dans un réacteur agité. Après neutralisation de l'excès d'acide par de la soude aqueuse (30,5%) à pH 8 et filtration du résidu lignocellulosique, les alcools gras en excès sont séparés du filtrat par distillation sur évaporateur couche mince.350 g of its désamylacé containing 1% of starch, 16% of proteins, 47% of hemicelluloses in the form of pentosanes, 3040 g of a mixture of octanol and decanol at 45/55 are suspended (LOROL C8 / C10 from the company COGNIS) and 33 g of 96% sulfuric acid at a temperature of 109 ° C for 1 hour in a stirred reactor. After neutralization of the excess acid with aqueous sodium hydroxide (30.5%) at pH 8 and filtration of the lignocellulosic residue, the excess fatty alcohols are separated from the filtrate by distillation on a thin-film evaporator.
On obtient 325 g de composition n°3 selon l'invention, que l'on dissout dans de l'eau déminéralisée jusqu'à obtention d'une solution à 30% en poids de matière sèche. Après décoloration par de l'eau oxygénée on obtient une composition présentant les caractéristiques suivantes :325 g of composition no. 3 according to the invention are obtained, which is dissolved in demineralized water until a solution of 30% by weight of dry matter is obtained. After bleaching with hydrogen peroxide, a composition having the following characteristics is obtained:
Aspect : liquide limpide jauneAppearance: clear yellow liquid
Stabilité supérieure à 3 mois (4°C/20°C/45°C)Stability greater than 3 months (4 ° C / 20 ° C / 45 ° C)
Taux d'azote dans la composition (Azote Kjeldhal) = 0,8% en poids par rapport à la matière sèche, ce qui correspond à une concentration de 13,3 % d'acides aminés estérifiés par l'octanol et le décanol (AAE C8/C10). La proportion de chaque glycoside d'alkyle est déterminée par chromatographie en phase gazeuse.Nitrogen content in the composition (Kjeldhal nitrogen) = 0.8% by weight relative to the dry matter, which corresponds to a concentration of 13.3% of amino acids esterified by octanol and decanol (AAE C8 / C10). The proportion of each alkyl glycoside is determined by gas chromatography.
Composants % en poidsComponents% by weight
Glucosides d'octyle 2,9Octyl glucosides 2.9
Glucosides de décyle 2,7Decyl glucosides 2,7
Xylosides d'octyle 19,9Xylosides of octyl 19,9
Xylosides de décyle 25,3Decyl Xylosides 25.3
Arabinosides d'octyle 16,5Octyl arabinosides 16.5
Arabinosides de décyle 13,3Decino Arabinosides 13.3
AAE C8/C10 13,3AAE C8 / C10 13.3
Impuretés (cendres, alcools, autres glycosides et sucres résiduels) Qsp 100%Impurities (ash, alcohols, other glycosides and residual sugars) Qs 100%
Description de la composition n°3Description of the composition n ° 3
• Les glucosides d'octyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical octyl, Gl est le reste du glucose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.The octyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, Gl is the rest of the glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les glucosides de décyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical décyl, Gl est le reste du glucose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0. • Les xylosides d'octyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical octyl, Gl est le reste du xylose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Decyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0. Octyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les xylosides de décyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical décyl, Gl est le reste du xylose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Decyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les arabinosides d'octyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical octyl, Gl est le reste de l'arabinose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Octyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, G1 is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les arabinosides de décyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical décyl, Gl est le reste de l'arabinose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Decyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
EXEMPLE 4 : Procédé de préparation de composition tensioactive selon l'invention.EXAMPLE 4 Process for preparing a surfactant composition according to the invention
On met en suspension 269 g de son désamylacé comportant en poids par rapport à la matière sèche 1% d'amidon, 16% de protéines, 47% d'hémicelluloses sous la forme de pentosanes, 2377 g d'un mélange d'octanol et de décanol à 45/55 (LOROL C8/C10 de la société COGNIS) et 26 g d'acide sulfurique à 96% à une température de 109°C pendant 3 heures. Après neutralisation de l'excès d'acide par de la soude aqueuse (30,5%) à pH 8 et filtration du résidu lignocellulosique, les alcools gras en excès sont séparés du filtrat par distillation sur évaporateur couche mince.269 g of its deaamylamide containing, by weight relative to the dry matter, 1% of starch, 16% of proteins, 47% of hemicelluloses in the form of pentosanes and 2377 g of an octanol mixture are suspended. of 45/55 decanol (LOROL C8 / C10 from the company COGNIS) and 26 g of 96% sulfuric acid at a temperature of 109 ° C. for 3 hours. After neutralization of the excess acid with aqueous sodium hydroxide (30.5%) at pH 8 and filtration of the lignocellulosic residue, the excess fatty alcohols are separated from the filtrate by distillation on a thin-film evaporator.
On obtient 310 g de composition tensioactive n°4 que l'on dissout dans de l'eau déminéralisée jusqu'à obtention d'une solution à 30% en poids de matière sèche. Après décoloration par de l'eau oxygénée on obtient une composition présentant les caractéristiques suivantes :310 g of surfactant composition No. 4 are obtained which are dissolved in demineralized water until a solution of 30% by weight of dry matter is obtained. After bleaching with hydrogen peroxide, a composition having the following characteristics is obtained:
Aspect : liquide limpide jauneAppearance: clear yellow liquid
Stabilité supérieure à 3 mois (4°C/20°C/45°C)Stability greater than 3 months (4 ° C / 20 ° C / 45 ° C)
Taux d'azote dans la composition (Azote Kjeldhal) = 0,91 % en poids par rapport à la matière sèche, ce qui correspond à une concentration de 15,1 % d'acides aminés estérifiés par le mélange octanol et décanol(AAE C8/C10). La proportion de chaque glycoside d'alkyle est déterminée par chromatographie en phase gazeuse. Composants % en poidsNitrogen content in the composition (Kjeldhal nitrogen) = 0.91% by weight relative to the dry matter, which corresponds to a concentration of 15.1% of amino acids esterified by the octanol and decanol mixture (C8 / C10). The proportion of each alkyl glycoside is determined by gas chromatography. Components% by weight
Glucosides d'octyle 4Octyl Glucosides 4
Glucosides de décyle 4,6Decyl glucosides 4,6
Xylosides d'octyle 22,6Xylosides of octyl 22,6
Xylosides de décyle 23,2Decyl Xylosides 23.2
Arabinosides d'octyle 10,6Octyl arabinosides 10.6
Arabinosides de décyle 13,3Decino Arabinosides 13.3
AAE C8/C10 15,1AAE C8 / C10 15.1
Impuretés (cendres, alcools, autres glycosides et sucres résiduels) Qsp 100%Impurities (ash, alcohols, other glycosides and residual sugars) Qs 100%
Description de la composition n°4Description of Composition No. 4
• Les glucosides d'octyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical octyl, Gl est le reste du glucose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.The octyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, Gl is the rest of the glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les glucosides de décyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical décyl, Gl est le reste du glucose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Decyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les xylosides d'octyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical octyl, Gl est le reste du xylose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Octyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les xylosides de décyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical décyl, Gl est le reste du xylose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Decyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les arabinosides d'octyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical octyl, Gl est le reste de l'arabinose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Octyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, G1 is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les arabinosides de décyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical décyl, Gl est le reste de l'arabinose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Decyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
EXEMPLE 5 : Procédé de préparation de composition tensioactive selon l'invention.EXAMPLE 5 Process for preparing a surfactant composition according to the invention
On met en suspension 269 g de son brut comportant en poids par rapport à la matière sèche 26% d'amidon, 14% de protéines, 23% d'hémicelluloses sous la forme de pentosanes, 2401 g d'un mélange d'octanol et de décanol à 45/55 (LOROL C8/C10 de la société COGNIS) et 52 g d'acide sulfurique à 96% à une température de 109°C pendant 3 heures. Après neutralisation de l'excès d'acide par de la soude aqueuse (30,5%) à pH 8 et fîltration du résidu lignocellulosique, les alcools gras en excès sont séparés du filtrat par distillation sur évaporateur couche mince. On obtient 325 g de composition tensioactive n°5 que l'on dissout dans de l'eau déminéralisée jusqu'à obtention d'une solution à 70% en poids de matière sèche. Après décoloration par de l'eau oxygénée on obtient une composition présentant les caractéristiques suivantes :269 g of crude containing, by weight relative to the dry matter, 26% of starch, 14% of proteins, 23% of hemicelluloses in the form of pentosanes and 2401 g of an octanol mixture are suspended. 45/55 decanol (LOROL C8 / C10 from COGNIS) and 52 g of 96% sulfuric acid at a temperature of 109 ° C. for 3 hours. After neutralization of the excess acid with aqueous sodium hydroxide (30.5%) at pH 8 and filtration of the lignocellulosic residue, the excess fatty alcohols are separated from the filtrate by distillation on a thin-film evaporator. 325 g of surfactant composition No. 5 are obtained, which is dissolved in demineralized water until a solution containing 70% by weight of dry matter is obtained. After bleaching with hydrogen peroxide, a composition having the following characteristics is obtained:
Aspect : liquide limpide jauneAppearance: clear yellow liquid
Stabilité supérieure à 3 mois (4°C/20°C/45°C)Stability greater than 3 months (4 ° C / 20 ° C / 45 ° C)
Taux d'azote dans la composition (Azote Kjeldhal) = 1,3% en poids par rapport à la matière sèche, ce qui correspond à une concentration de 22 % d'acides aminés estérifiés par l'octanol et le décanol (AAE C8/C10). La proportion de chaque glycoside d'alkyle est déterminée par chromatographie en phase gazeuse.Nitrogen content in the composition (Kjeldhal nitrogen) = 1.3% by weight relative to the dry matter, which corresponds to a concentration of 22% of amino acids esterified by octanol and decanol (C8 / AAE) C10). The proportion of each alkyl glycoside is determined by gas chromatography.
Composants % en poidsComponents% by weight
Glucosides d'octyle 11Octyl glucosides 11
Glucosides de décyle 10,25Decyl glucosides 10.25
Xylosides d'octyle 11Xylosides of octyl 11
Xylosides de décyle 11,1Decyl Xylosides 11.1
Arabinosides d'octyle 8,8Octylether arabinosides 8.8
Arabinosides de décyle 8,3Decino arabinosides 8.3
AAE C8/C10 22AAE C8 / C10 22
Impuretés (cendres, alcools, autres glycosides et sucres résiduels) Qsp 100%Impurities (ash, alcohols, other glycosides and residual sugars) Qs 100%
Description de la composition n°5Description of Composition No. 5
• Les glucosides d'octyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical octyl, Gl est le reste du glucose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.The octyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, Gl is the rest of the glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les glucosides de décyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical décyl, Gl est le reste du glucose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Decyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les xylosides d'octyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical octyl, Gl est le reste du xylose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Octyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les xylosides de décyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical décyl, Gl est le reste du xylose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Decyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les arabinosides d'octyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical octyl, Gl est le reste de l'arabinose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0. • Les arabinosides de décyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical décyl, Gl est le reste de l'arabinose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0. EXEMPLE 6 : Procédé de préparation de composition tensioactive selon l'invention.Octyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, G1 is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0. Decyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0. EXAMPLE 6 : Process for preparing a surfactant composition according to the invention.
On met en suspension 53,8 g de son désamidonné comportant en poids par rapport à la matière sèche 1% d'amidon, 16% de protéines, 47% d'hémicelluloses sous la forme de pentosanes, 473,6 g d'un mélange d'hexadécanol et d'octadécanol à 30/70 (HYDRENOL D de la société COGNIS) et 5,2 g d'acide sulfurique à 96% à une température de 1090C pendant 3 heures.53.8 g of its deamidate containing, by weight relative to the dry matter, 1% of starch, 16% of proteins, 47% of hemicelluloses in the form of pentosanes and 473.6 g of a mixture are suspended. of hexadecanol and octadecanol at 30/70 (HYDRENOL D from the company COGNIS) and 5.2 g of 96% sulfuric acid at a temperature of 109 ° C. for 3 hours.
Après neutralisation de l'excès d'acide par de la soude aqueuse (30,5%) à pH 8 le résidu lignocellulosique solide est éliminé par filtration.After neutralization of the excess acid with aqueous sodium hydroxide (30.5%) at pH 8, the solid lignocellulosic residue is removed by filtration.
On obtient 500 g de composition tensioactive auto-émulsionnante n°6 présentant les caractéristiques suivantes :500 g of self-emulsifying surfactant composition No. 6 having the following characteristics are obtained:
Aspect : solide beige clairAppearance: light beige solid
Stabilité supérieure à 3 mois (4°C/20°C/45°C)Stability greater than 3 months (4 ° C / 20 ° C / 45 ° C)
Taux d'azote dans la composition (Azote Kjeldhal) = 0,049% en poids par rapport à la matière sèche, ce qui correspond à une concentration de 1,21 % d'acides aminés estérifiés par le mélange d'hexadécanol et d'octadécanol (AAE C 16/Cl 8). La proportion de chaque glycoside d'alkyle est déterminée par chromatographie en phase gazeuse.Nitrogen content in the composition (Kjeldhal nitrogen) = 0.049% by weight relative to the dry matter, which corresponds to a concentration of 1.21% of amino acids esterified by the mixture of hexadecanol and octadecanol ( AAE C 16 / Cl 8). The proportion of each alkyl glycoside is determined by gas chromatography.
Composants % en poidsComponents% by weight
Glucosides d'hexadécyle 0,2Hexadecyl glucosides 0.2
Glucosides d'octadécyle 0,40.4 octadecyl glucosides
Xylosides d'hexadécyle 1,8Hexadecyl xylosides 1,8
Xylosides d'octadécyle 3,5Octadecyl xylosides 3,5
Arabinosides d'hexadécyle 1Hexadecyl arabinosides 1
Arabinosides d'octadécyle 1,5Octadecyl arabinosides 1,5
AAE C16/C18 1,21 hexadécanol 24,7 octadécanol 63,2AAE C16 / C18 1.21 hexadecanol 24.7 octadecanol 63.2
Impuretés et autres glycosides Qsp 100Impurities and other glycosides Qs 100
Description de Ia composition n°6 • Les glucosides d'hexadécyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical hexadécyl, Gl est le reste du glucose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Description of Composition No. 6 • Hexadecyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) where R1 is hexadecyl, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is 1 and b, c, d, and e are 0.
• Les glucosides d'octadécyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical octadécyl, Gl est le reste du glucose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Octadecyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is an octadecyl radical, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d, and e are equal to 0.
• Les xylosides d'hexadécyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical hexadécyl, Gl est le reste du xylose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.The hexadecyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a hexadecyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is 1 and b, c, d and e are 0.
• Les xylosides d'octadécyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical octadécyl, Gl est le reste du xylose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Octadecyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is an octadecyl radical, G 1 is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les arabinosides d'hexadécyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical hexadécyl, Gl est le reste de l'arabinose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.• Hexadecyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) where R1 is a hexadecyl radical, G1 is the rest of arabinose, a is 1 and b, c, d, and e are 0.
• Les arabinosides d'octadécyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical octadécyl, Gl est le reste de l'arabinose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Octadecyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octadecyl radical, G1 is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d, and e are equal to 0.
EXEMPLE 7 : Procédé de préparation de composition tensioactive selon l'invention.EXAMPLE 7 Process for preparing a surfactant composition according to the invention
On met en suspension 53,8 g de son désami donné comportant en poids par rapport à la matière sèche 1% d'amidon, 16% de protéines, 47% d' hémicelluloses sous la forme de pentosanes, 470 g d'alcool isoamylique naturel (mélange de 2 et 3 méthyl-butanol 70/30) et 5,2 g d'acide sulfurique à 96% à une température de 109°C pendant 3 heures. Après neutralisation de l'excès d'acide par de la soude aqueuse (30,5%) à pH 8 le résidu lignocellulosique solide est éliminé par filtration.53.8 g of its disaminated material are suspended, having by weight, relative to the dry matter, 1% of starch, 16% of proteins, 47% of hemicelluloses in the form of pentosanes and 470 g of natural isoamyl alcohol. (mixture of 2 and 3 methyl-butanol 70/30) and 5.2 g of 96% sulfuric acid at a temperature of 109 ° C for 3 hours. After neutralization of the excess acid with aqueous sodium hydroxide (30.5%) at pH 8, the solid lignocellulosic residue is removed by filtration.
On obtient 35 g de composition tensioactive n°7 que l'on dissout dans de l'eau déminéralisée jusqu'à obtention d'une solution à 64,5% en poids de matière sèche. Après décoloration par de l'eau oxygénée on obtient une composition présentant les caractéristiques suivantes :35 g of surfactant composition No. 7 are obtained, which is dissolved in demineralised water until a solution of 64.5% by weight of dry matter is obtained. After bleaching with hydrogen peroxide, a composition having the following characteristics is obtained:
Aspect : liquide limpide jauneAppearance: clear yellow liquid
Stabilité supérieure à 3 mois (4°C/20°C/45°C) Taux d'azote dans la composition (Azote Kjeldhal) = 0,25% en poids par rapport à la matière sèche, ce qui correspond à une concentration de 3,2 % d'acides aminés estérifiés par l'alcool amylique (AAE C5).Stability greater than 3 months (4 ° C / 20 ° C / 45 ° C) Nitrogen content in the composition (Kjeldhal nitrogen) = 0.25% by weight relative to the dry matter, which corresponds to a concentration of 3.2% amino acids esterified with amyl alcohol (AAE C5) .
La proportion de chaque glycoside d'alkyle est déterminée par chromatographie en phase gazeuse.The proportion of each alkyl glycoside is determined by gas chromatography.
Composants % en poidsComponents% by weight
Glucosides d'amyle 3,1Amyl glucosides 3.1
Xylosides d'amyle 14,1Amyl Xylosides 14.1
Arabinosides d'amyle 24,4Amyl arabinosides 24.4
AAE C5 3,2AAE C5 3.2
Impuretés et autres glycosides Qsp 100Impurities and other glycosides Qs 100
Description de la composition n°7Description of Composition No. 7
• Les glucosides d'amyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical 2 ou 3 méthyl-butyl, Gl est le reste du glucose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.• Amyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) where R1 is a 2 or 3 methylbutyl radical, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d, and e are equal to 0.
• Les xylosides d'amyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical 2 ou 3 méthyl-butyl, Gl est le reste du xylose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.• Amyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) where R1 is a 2 or 3 methylbutyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d, and e are equal to 0.
• Les arabinosides d'amyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical 2 ou 3 méthyl-butyl, Gl est le reste de l'arabinose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Amyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is a 2 or 3 methyl-butyl radical, G1 is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
EXEMPLE 8 : Efficacité et stabilité de la composition n°l en solution faiblement concentrée.EXAMPLE 8 Efficiency and stability of composition No. 1 in weakly concentrated solution
La C20 (exprimée en mg/1) est mesurée pour la composition n°l et l'APG ClO par la technique de la lame de Wilhelmy à 25°C à l'aide d'un tensiomètre K100 commercialisé par la société KRUSS.C20 (expressed in mg / l) is measured for Composition No. 1 and APG ClO by the Wilhelmy blade technique at 25 ° C. using a K100 tensiometer marketed by KRUSS.
Les solutions de tensioactifs ont été réalisées avec de l'eau ultra-permutée.The surfactant solutions were made with ultra-permuted water.
Des solutions à 20% en poids de matière sèche sont également placées à 25°C pendant 12 heures et leur stabilité évaluée de visu. C20 (mg/1) Aspect (25°C ; 20% de matière sèche)Solutions at 20% by weight of dry matter are also placed at 25 ° C for 12 hours and their stability evaluated visually. C20 (mg / 1) Appearance (25 ° C, 20% dry matter)
COMPOSITION n°l 14 Solution homogèneCOMPOSITION No. l 14 Homogeneous solution
APP ClO 20 PrécipitationAPP ClO 20 Precipitation
La composition n°l selon l'invention présente une efficacité ainsi qu'une stabilité supérieure à l'APP ClO aux faibles concentrations. EXEMPLE 9 : Pouvoir moussant de la composition n°2.The composition No. 1 according to the invention has an efficiency and stability greater than APP ClO at low concentrations. EXAMPLE 9 Foaming Power of Composition No. 2
Les propriétés moussantes sont déterminées à l'aide d'un test de pouvoir moussant selon la norme française NF-T-73-404 de novembre 1966.The foaming properties are determined using a foaming power test according to the French standard NF-T-73-404 of November 1966.
On mesure les volumes de mousses à 50 0C des solutions à étudier et on détermine également la stabilité moussante à 20 minutes. La stabilité moussante à 20 minutes correspond au rapport du volume de mousse à 20 minutes par le volume de mousse obtenu immédiatement après l'écoulement (t = 0 min) multiplié par 100.The foam volumes are measured at 50 ° C. of the solutions to be studied and the foaming stability is also determined at 20 minutes. The foaming stability at 20 minutes corresponds to the ratio of the foam volume to 20 minutes by the volume of foam obtained immediately after the flow (t = 0 min) multiplied by 100.
On prépare une solution comportant en poids, 99,9 % d'eau déminéralisée et 0,1 % de composition n°2. On prépare également une solution comportant en poids, 99 % d'eau déminéralisée et 0,1 % de glycosides APP C12/C14 décrits à l'exemple n°2.A solution comprising, by weight, 99.9% of demineralised water and 0.1% of composition No. 2 is prepared. A solution comprising, by weight, 99% of demineralized water and 0.1% of APP C12 / C14 glycosides described in Example No. 2 is also prepared.
Le tableau ci-dessous donne les résultats pour les solutions décrites ci-dessus et pour la composition 7.The table below gives the results for the solutions described above and for the composition 7.
Durée (min) 0 1 2 3 5 10 15 20Duration (min) 0 1 2 3 5 10 15 20
Volumes Composition n°2 (ml) 210 200 200 200 190 180 180 170 Volumes APP C12/C14 (ml) 70 60 50 50 40 40 40 40Volumes Composition n ° 2 (ml) 210 200 200 200 190 180 180 170 Volume APP C12 / C14 (ml) 70 60 50 50 40 40 40 40
Stabilité moussante à 20 min.Foaming stability at 20 min.
Composition n°2 81 % APP C12/C14 57 %Composition No. 2 81% APP C12 / C14 57%
On remarque que les compositions tensioactives selon l'invention, présentent des pouvoir moussant et une stabilité moussante supérieurs aux tensioactifs glycosides de dodecyle et tétradecyle ne comportant pas de dérivés d'acides aminés (APP C 12/Cl 4). EXEMPLE 10 : Propriétés émulsionnantes de la composition n° 2It is noted that the surfactant compositions according to the invention have superior foaming properties and foaming stability to dodecyl and tetradecyl glycoside surfactants not containing amino acid derivatives (APP C 12 / Cl 4). EXAMPLE 10 Emulsifying Properties of Composition No. 2
On prépare une émulsion en mélangeant à 70 °C, 1,5 g de composition émulsionnante de l'exemple n°2, 3,75 g d'huile (triglycérides d'acide gras de type Miglyol 812N commercialisé par la société Hiils), et 19,75 g d'eau osmosée. L'émulsion est réalisée par agitation vigoureuse (8000 tours par minute) à l'aide d'un agitateur mécanique pendant une minute. Elle est ensuite mise au repos pendant 15 heures à 20 0C. La stabilité de l'émulsion est évaluée par détermination du volume d'émulsion résiduelle par rapport au volume total après 30 minutes de centrifugation à 4000G.An emulsion is prepared by mixing, at 70 ° C., 1.5 g of emulsifying composition of Example No. 2, 3.75 g of oil (Miglyol 812N fatty acid triglycerides marketed by Hiils), and 19.75 g of osmosis water. The emulsion is made by vigorous stirring (8000 rpm) using a mechanical stirrer for one minute. It is then rested for 15 hours at 20 ° C. The stability of the emulsion is evaluated by determining the residual emulsion volume relative to the total volume after 30 minutes of centrifugation at 4000G.
L'émulsion réalisée à partir de la composition n°2 est stable à 100% après centrifugation. EXEMPLE 11 : Propriétés tensioactives des compositions n° 3, 4 et 5The emulsion produced from composition No. 2 is 100% stable after centrifugation. EXAMPLE 11 Surfactant Properties of the Compositions Nos. 3, 4 and 5
La concentration micellaire critique et la C20 (exprimée en mg/1) sont mesurées pour chaque composition par la technique de la lame de Wilhelmy à 25°C. Les concentrations micellaires critiques (CMC) et C20 ainsi que les tensions de surface ont été déterminées à 25°C à l'aide d'un tensiomètre K100 commercialisé par la société KRUSS. Les solutions de tensioactifs ont été réalisées avec de l'eau ultra-permutée. On mesurera également, à titre de comparaison, les CMC, C20 et tension de surface d'une solution de glycosides d'alkyle obtenu selon l'exemple 1 de la demande FR 2723858.The critical micellar concentration and the C20 (expressed in mg / l) are measured for each composition by the Wilhelmy blade technique at 25 ° C. The critical micellar concentrations (CMC) and C20 as well as the surface tensions were determined at 25 ° C. using a K100 tensiometer marketed by KRUSS. The surfactant solutions were made with ultra-permuted water. The CMC, C20 and surface tension of a solution of alkyl glycosides obtained according to Example 1 of the application FR 2723858 will also be measured by way of comparison.
Le pouvoir mouillant est apprécié par la mesure de la durée de mouillage d'un disque de coton placé au sein d'une solution de tensioactifs à une concentration définie. 700 ml d'une solution d'essai à 1 g/1 de matière tensioactive de dans l'eau distillée, sont placés dans un bêcher à la température de 250C. La durée de mouillage est déterminée expérimentalement à l'aide d'un chronomètre. Dix mesures consécutives ont été réalisées avec la même solution en prenant cependant soin de jeter les disques de coton utilisé après chaque mesure.The wetting power is appreciated by measuring the wetting time of a cotton disc placed within a solution of surfactants at a defined concentration. 700 ml of a test solution containing 1 g / l of surfactant material in distilled water are placed in a beaker at a temperature of 25 ° C. The wetting time is determined experimentally with the aid of a stopwatch. Ten consecutive measurements were made with the same solution while taking care however to discard the used cotton discs after each measurement.
Les exemples comparatifs sont réalisés avec des glycosides possédant la même chaîne grasse à partir d'octanol et décanol (APP C8/C10) et ne comportant pas plus de 0,5% d'azote selon la méthode de Kjeldhal, et obtenus selon l'exemple n°l du brevet FR 2723858 (Ou Dl) Composants/matière sèche % en poidsThe comparative examples are carried out with glycosides having the same fatty chain from octanol and decanol (APP C8 / C10) and having not more than 0.5% of nitrogen according to the Kjeldhal method, and obtained according to US Pat. example No. 1 of the patent FR 2723858 (or Dl) Components / dry matter% by weight
Glucosides d'octyle 23,7Octyl glucosides 23.7
Glucosides de décyle 29,3Decyl glucosides 29,3
Xylosides d'octyle 10,1Octyl Xylosides 10.1
Xylosides de décyle 12,1Decyl Xylosides 12.1
Arabinosides d'octyle 6,7Arabinosides octyl 6,7
Arabinosides de décyle 8,1Decinos Arabinosides 8.1
Autres glycosides et impuretés Qsp 100Other glycosides and impurities Qs 100
Description de APP C8/C10Description of APP C8 / C10
• Les glucosides d'octyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical octyl, Gl est le reste du glucose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.The octyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, Gl is the rest of the glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les glucosides de décyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical décyl, Gl est le reste du glucose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Decyl glucosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of glucose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les xylosides d'octyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical octyl, Gl est le reste du xylose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Octyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les xylosides de décyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical décyl, Gl est le reste du xylose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Decyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les arabinosides d'octyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical octyl, Gl est le reste de l'arabinose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Octyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R1 is an octyl radical, G1 is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
• Les arabinosides de décyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical décyl, Gl est le reste de l'arabinose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.Decyl arabinosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a decyl radical, Gl is the rest of arabinose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
L'ensemble des résultats est reporté au tableau suivant :The overall results are reported in the following table:
CMC C20 γ CMC PouvoirCMC C20 γ CMC Power
(mg/1) (mg/1) (mN/m) Mouillant (sec.)(mg / 1) (mg / 1) (mN / m) Wetting (dry)
Composition n°3 365 19 27,7 43Composition No. 3,365 19 27,7 43
Composition n°4 595 17 27,4 51Composition No. 4,595 17 27,4 51
Composition n°5 780 28 28 72Composition No. 5 780 28 28 72
APP C8/C10 950 75 28 145 On remarque que les compositions tensioactives selon l'invention sont plus efficaces (C20, CMC et pouvoir mouillant) que les glycosides d'octyle et de décyle ne comportant pas de dérivés d'acides aminés (Exemple 1 de la demande FR 2723858). EXEMPLE 12 : Propriétés émulsionnantes de la composition n° 6APP C8 / C10 950 75 28 145 It is noted that the surfactant compositions according to the invention are more effective (C20, CMC and wetting power) than octyl and decyl glycosides having no amino acid derivatives (Example 1 of application FR 2723858). EXAMPLE 12 Emulsifying Properties of Composition No. 6
On prépare des émulsions comportant éventuellement des taux croissants de sel (NaCl) en mélangeant à 70 0C, 0,75 g de composition émulsionnante (I g dans le cas de l'huile de tournesol), 3,75 g d'huile (triglycérides d'acide gras de type Miglyol 812N commercialisé par la société Hϋls / huile de tournesol / Dimethicone), et 20,375 g (20,125 g pour l'huile de tournesol) d'eau osmosée possédant des quantités de sel variables. Les émulsions sont réalisées par agitation vigoureuse (8000 tours par minute) à l'aide d'un agitateur mécanique pendant une minute. Elles sont ensuite mises au repos pendant 15 heures à 20 °C. La stabilité des émulsions est évaluée par détermination du volume d'émulsion résiduelle par rapport au volume total après 30 minutes de centrifugation à 4000G.Emulsions containing possibly increasing levels of salt (NaCl) are prepared by mixing at 70 ° C., 0.75 g of emulsifying composition (I g in the case of sunflower oil), 3.75 g of oil ( Miglyol 812N fatty acid triglycerides marketed by Hϋls / sunflower oil / Dimethicone), and 20.375 g (20.125 g for sunflower oil) of osmosis water with varying amounts of salt. The emulsions are made by vigorous stirring (8000 rpm) using a mechanical stirrer for one minute. They are then put to rest for 15 hours at 20 ° C. The stability of the emulsions is evaluated by determining the residual emulsion volume relative to the total volume after 30 minutes of centrifugation at 4000G.
Un exemple comparatif est réalisé avec une composition auto-émulsionnante équivalente à la composition n°6 mais ne comportant pas de dérivés d'acides aminés notée APP C 16/Cl 8. Cette composition est obtenue par glycosylation d'un mélange d'hexadécanol et d'octadécanol par du D-xylose selon le protocole de l'exemple 4 du brevet EP 1027921. ce protocole a été appliqué à un ratio molaire xylose/alcools gras permettant d'obtenir une composition telle que décrite ci-dessous.A comparative example is carried out with a self-emulsifying composition equivalent to composition No. 6 but not containing amino acid derivatives, as APP C 16 / Cl 8. This composition is obtained by glycosylation of a mixture of hexadecanol and octadecanol with D-xylose according to the protocol of example 4 of patent EP 1027921. this protocol was applied at a xylose / fatty alcohol molar ratio to obtain a composition as described below.
Composants % en poidsComponents% by weight
Xylosides d'hexadécyle 2,9Hexadecyl xylosides 2.9
Xylosides d'octadécyle 6,7 hexadécanol 24,7 octadécanol 63,2 impuretés Qsp 100Octadecyl xylosides 6.7 hexadecanol 24.7 octadecanol 63.2 impurities Qs 100
Description de APP C16/C18Description of APP C16 / C18
• Les xylosides d'hexadécyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical hexadécyl, Gl est le reste du xylose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0. • Les xylosides d'octadécyle correspondent aux composés de formule (1) où Rl est un radical octadécyl, Gl est le reste du xylose, a est égale à 1 et b, c, d, et e sont égaux à 0.The hexadecyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is a hexadecyl radical, Gl is the residue of xylose, a is 1 and b, c, d and e are 0. Octadecyl xylosides correspond to the compounds of formula (1) in which R 1 is an octadecyl radical, G 1 is the residue of xylose, a is equal to 1 and b, c, d and e are equal to 0.
En résumé, les émulsions sont réalisées avec des proportions par rapport au poids totale de l'émulsion de 3 à 4 % de base auto-émulsionnante, soit 0,29 à 0,38 % de tensioactifs (pentosides pour APP C 16/Cl 8 et pentosides et esters d'acides aminés pour la composition n°6).In summary, the emulsions are produced with proportions relative to the total weight of the emulsion of 3 to 4% of self-emulsifying base, ie 0.29 to 0.38% of surfactants (pentosides for APP C 16 / Cl 8 and pentosides and amino acid esters for composition No. 6).
Le tableau suivant donne la stabilité des émulsions exprimée en % volumique d'émulsion résiduelle :The following table gives the stability of the emulsions expressed in% by volume of residual emulsion:
NaClNaCl
Huile Composition n°6 APP C16/C18Oil Composition No. 6 APP C16 / C18
(%)(%)
Mygliol 0 93 75Mygliol 0 93 75
Myglyol 0,3 65 0Myglyol 0.3 65 0
Dimethicone 0 98 55Dimethicone 0 98 55
Tournesol 0 97 80Sunflower 0 97 80
Emulsion résiduelle (% en volume)Residual emulsion (% by volume)
On remarque que malgré une quantité très faible de tensioactifs dans les compositions auto-émulsionnantes étudiées, les émulsions réalisées à partir de la composition selon l'invention présentent une bonne stabilité même en présence d'électrolytes. EXEMPLE 13 : Pouvoir non moussant de la composition n°7.It is noted that despite a very small amount of surfactants in the self-emulsifying compositions studied, the emulsions produced from the composition according to the invention exhibit good stability even in the presence of electrolytes. EXAMPLE 13 Non-Foaming Power of Composition No. 7
Les propriétés moussantes sont déterminées à l'aide d'un test de pouvoir moussant selon la norme française NF-T-73-404 de novembre 1966.The foaming properties are determined using a foaming power test according to the French standard NF-T-73-404 of November 1966.
On prépare une solution comportant en poids, 99,9 % d'eau dé-ionisée et 0,1 % de composition n°7.A solution comprising, by weight, 99.9% of deionized water and 0.1% of composition No. 7 is prepared.
Le tableau ci-dessous donne les résultats pour les solutions décrites ci-dessus et pour la composition 7.The table below gives the results for the solutions described above and for the composition 7.
Durée (min) 0 1 2 3 5 10 15 20Duration (min) 0 1 2 3 5 10 15 20
Volumes Composition n°7 (ml) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 On remarque que la composition tensioactive selon l'invention est totalement non moussante. EXEMPLE 14 : Biodégradabilité.Volumes Composition No. 7 (ml) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 It is noted that the surfactant composition according to the invention is completely non-foaming. EXAMPLE 14 Biodegradability
Le tableau suivant indique les résultats de biodégradabilité ultime conduits selon les directives OCDE 301F pour les compositions des exemples 3, 4 et 5 en comparaison avec un mélange de pentosides d'octyle et de décyle ne comportant pas de dérivés d'acides aminés.The following table shows the ultimate biodegradability results conducted according to OECD 301F guidelines for the compositions of Examples 3, 4 and 5 in comparison with a mixture of octyl and decyl pentosides not containing amino acid derivatives.
Composition % à 28 jours Biodégradabilité selon OCDE 301 FComposition% to 28 days Biodegradability according to OECD 301 F
Composition n°3 76,6 Facilement biodégradableComposition No. 3 76.6 Readily biodegradable
Composition n°4 66 Facilement biodégradableComposition No. 4 66 Readily biodegradable
Composition n°5 66 Facilement biodégradableComposition No. 5 66 Readily biodegradable
APP C8/C10 58 Non facilement biodégradableAPP C8 / C10 58 Not readily biodegradable
EXEMPLE 15 : Préparation d'une crème cosmétique à partir de composition selon l'inventionEXAMPLE 15 Preparation of a cosmetic cream from a composition according to the invention
3 g de la composition n°6 de l'exemple 6 sont mis en suspension dans 47 g d'eau osmosée. Le mélange est porté à 50 °C et est ensuite agité (500 tours par minute) pendant 2 minutes. L'émulsion ainsi formée est ensuite refroidie à température ambiante. Cette émulsion reste stable pendant 3 mois dans une étuve à 45°C.3 g of the composition No. 6 of Example 6 are suspended in 47 g of osmosis water. The mixture is brought to 50 ° C and is then stirred (500 rpm) for 2 minutes. The emulsion thus formed is then cooled to room temperature. This emulsion remains stable for 3 months in an oven at 45 ° C.
EXEMPLE 16 : Préparation d'une émulsion cosmétique à partir de composition selon l'inventionEXAMPLE 16 Preparation of a Cosmetic Emulsion from a Composition According to the Invention
La phase lipophile (10 g d'isostéarate d'isostéaryle de la société Gattefossé) qui contient 4 g de composition n°2 de l'exemple 2 et la phase hydrophile (86 g d'eau osmosée) sont chauffées séparément à une température de 7O0C. La phase lipophile est mise sous agitation vive à l'aide d'un agitateur mécanique (800 tours par minute) et on y ajoute en 2 minutes la phase hydrophile jusqu'à l'inversion de phase caractérisée par un changement brutal de la viscosité. L'addition peut être ensuite plus rapide (1 minute). On laisse enfin refroidir l'émulsion sous agitation lente (300 tours par minute) jusqu'à une température de l'ordre de 25°C.The lipophilic phase (10 g of isostearyl isostearate from Gattefossé) which contains 4 g of composition No. 2 of Example 2 and the hydrophilic phase (86 g of osmosis water) are separately heated to a temperature of 7O 0 C. the lipophilic phase is stirred vigorously using a mechanical stirrer (800 rpm) and thereto was added in 2 minutes the hydrophilic phase until the phase inversion characterized by an abrupt change viscosity. The addition can then be faster (1 minute). Finally, the emulsion is allowed to cool with slow stirring (300 rpm) to a temperature of the order of 25 ° C.
Cette émulsion reste stable pendant 3 mois dans une étuve à 45°C. EXEMPLE 17 : Préparation d'une émulsion concentrée phytosanitaire à partir de composition selon l'inventionThis emulsion remains stable for 3 months in an oven at 45 ° C. EXAMPLE 17 Preparation of a Concentrated Phytosanitary Emulsion from Composition According to the Invention
On chauffe 3 g de composition n°6 de l'exemple 6, 70 g d'huile de colza de la société OLEON et 27 g d'eau osmosée en même temps à une température de 750C, puis on laisse homogénéiser (10000 tours par minute) à la même température pendant 2 minutes et enfin on laisse refroidir sous agitation lente (300 tours par minute) jusqu'à une température de l'ordre de 250C. Cette émulsion reste stable pendant 2 mois dans une étuve à 45°C. EXEMPLE 18 : Préparation d'une émulsion concentrée phytosanitaire à partir de composition selon l'invention3 g of composition No. 6 of Example 6, 70 g of rapeseed oil of the company OLEON and 27 g of water osmosed at the same time at a temperature of 75 ° C. are heated and then allowed to homogenize (10,000 rpm) at the same temperature for 2 minutes and finally allowed to cool with slow stirring (300 rpm) to a temperature of about 25 0 C. This emulsion remains stable for 2 months in a drying oven. 45 ° C. EXAMPLE 18 Preparation of a Concentrated Phytosanitary Emulsion from Composition According to the Invention
On chauffe 4 g de composition n°6 de l'exemple 6, 70 g d'ester méthylique de colza (de la société OLEON) et 26 g d'eau osmosée en même temps à une température de 750C, puis on homogénéise à l'aide d'un agitateur mécanique (10000 tours par minute) à la même température pendant 2 minutes et enfin on laisse refroidir sous agitation lente (300 tours par minute) jusqu'à une température de l'ordre de 25°C. Cette émulsion reste stable pendant 2 mois dans une étuve à 450C.4 g of composition No. 6 of Example 6, 70 g of rapeseed methyl ester (from the company OLEON) and 26 g of water osmosed at the same time at a temperature of 75 ° C. are heated and then homogenized. using a mechanical stirrer (10000 rpm) at the same temperature for 2 minutes and finally allowed to cool with slow stirring (300 rpm) to a temperature of about 25 ° C. This emulsion remains stable for 2 months in an oven at 45 ° C.
EXEMPLE 19 : Préparation d'une crème auto-bronzante et hydratante à partir de composition de l'inventionEXAMPLE 19 Preparation of a self-tanning and moisturizing cream from the composition of the invention
A - Composition n°2 de l'exemple 2 4,0 %A - Composition No. 2 of Example 2 4.0%
Aloe vera 1 ,0 %Aloe vera 1, 0%
Beurre de karité 0,2 %Shea butter 0.2%
Diméthicone (Brentag) 2,0 % myristate de 2-octyldodecyle (MOD) 3,0 %Dimethicone (Brentag) 2.0% 2-octyldodecyl myristate (MOD) 3.0%
Propylglycol stéarate (Stepan PGMS) 1 ,0 %Propylglycol stearate (Stepan PGMS) 1, 0%
Acide stéarique 1 ,0 %Stearic acid 1, 0%
Vitamine E 0,1 %0.1% Vitamin E
Acide hyaluronique (VITALHYAL) 1 ,0 %Hyaluronic acid (VITALHYAL) 1, 0%
B - Glycérol 10 %B - Glycerol 10%
Eau qsp lOO %Water qs 100%
C - Dihydroxyacétone 5,0 %C - Dihydroxyacetone 5.0%
Eau 10,0 %Water 10.0%
D - Fragrance QS Procédé de fabrication de la crème :D - Fragrance QS Process for making the cream:
Peser tous les ingrédients de A. Peser tous les ingrédients de B et homogénéiser. Chauffer àWeigh all the ingredients of A. Weigh all B ingredients and homogenize. Heat to
75 °C séparément. Mettre A sous agitation à 800 tours par minute au agitateur mécanique.75 ° C separately. Stir at 800 rpm with the mechanical stirrer.
Ajouter B en filet dans A. Mélanger à 1300 tours par minute quelques minutes à 75 0C.Add B in mesh in A. Mix at 1300 rpm a few minutes at 75 0 C.
Laisser refroidir à 40°C en agitant à 300 tours par minute. Préparer la solution C à température ambiante. Additionner C et D dans l'émulsion. Corriger le pH si cela est nécessaire.Cool to 40 ° C with stirring at 300 rpm. Prepare solution C at room temperature. Add C and D to the emulsion. Correct the pH if necessary.
EXEMPLE 20 : Préparation d'un lait hydratant sans conservateur à partir de composition selon l'inventionEXAMPLE 20 Preparation of a preservative-free hydrating milk from a composition according to the invention
Composition n°2 de l'exemple 2 2,0 %Composition No. 2 of Example 2 2.0%
Miglyol 812 N (HuIs) 3,0 %Miglyol 812 N (HuIs) 3.0%
Isostéarate d'isostéaryle 3,0 %Isostearyl isostearate 3.0%
Diméthicone (Brentag) 2,0 %Dimethicone (Brentag) 2.0%
Acide stéarique 1,0 %Stearic acid 1.0%
Acide hyaluronique (VITALHYAL) 1 ,0 %Hyaluronic acid (VITALHYAL) 1, 0%
Eau QSP 100 %Water QSP 100%
Procédé de fabrication du lait :Milk production process:
Peser tous les ingrédients. Chauffer à 75 °C. Mélanger à 3000 tours par minute au agitateur mécanique quelques minutes à 75 °C. Laisser refroidir à 30°C en agitant à 500 tours par minute. Corriger le pH si cela est nécessaire.Weigh all the ingredients. Heat to 75 ° C. Mix at 3000 rpm with a mechanical stirrer for a few minutes at 75 ° C. Cool to 30 ° C with stirring at 500 rpm. Correct the pH if necessary.
EXEMPLE 21 : Préparation d'un baume nutritif pour cheveux sans conservateur à partir de composition selon l'inventionEXAMPLE 21 Preparation of a nutritive hair balm without preservative from the composition according to the invention
Composition n°6 de l'exemple 6 3,0 %Composition No. 6 of Example 6 3.0%
Diméthicone (Brentag) 1 ,0 %Dimethicone (Brentag) 1, 0%
Huile de blé 0,5 %Wheat oil 0.5%
Peptides de blé 0,5 %Wheat peptides 0.5%
ParfumQSParfumQS
Eau QSP 100 %Water QSP 100%
Procédé de fabrication :Manufacturing process :
Peser tout sauf le parfum. Chauffer 75 0C. Agiter à 1300 tours par minute au agitateur mécanique pendant 1 minute. Laisser refroidir à 300 tours par minute jusqu'à 25 0C.Weigh everything but the perfume. Heat 75 ° C. Agitate at 1300 rpm with mechanical stirrer for 1 minute. Cool at 300 rpm until 25 0 C.
Ajouter le parfum. EXEMPLE 22 : Composition d'un gel douche à partir d'une composition selon T invention :Add the fragrance. EXAMPLE 22 Composition of a shower gel from a composition according to the invention
- Composition n°5 de l'exemple 5 8 %Composition No. 5 of Example 5 8%
- Composition n°2 de l'exemple 2 2 %Composition 2 of Example 2 2%
- Diéthanolamide d'acide gras de soja 7 %- Soybean fatty acid diethanolamide 7%
- Colorants, parfums qs - Eau qsp lOO %- Dyes, perfumes qs - Water qs 100%
EXEMPLE 23 : Composition détergente liquide à partir d'une composition selon l'invention :EXAMPLE 23: Liquid detergent composition from a composition according to the invention
Savons 15 %Soaps 15%
Ether sulfate d'alcools gras 5 %Ether sulphate of fatty alcohols 5%
Composition n°3 de l'exemple 3 7 %Composition No. 3 of Example 3 7%
Composition n°7 de l'exemple 7 3 %Composition No. 7 of Example 7 3%
Citrate de sodium 5 %Sodium citrate 5%
Ethanol - qsEthanol - qs
Polycarboxylates 5 %Polycarboxylates 5%
Azurants optiques qsOptical brighteners qs
Stabilisants (mono éthanolamide) 3 %Stabilizers (mono ethanolamide) 3%
Parfums qs colorants qsPerfumes qs dyes qs
Eau qsp 100 %Water qs 100%
EXEMPLE 24 : Composition liquide vaisselle à partir d'une composition selon l'invention :EXAMPLE 24 Dishwashing Composition From a Composition According to the Invention
Composition n°2 de l'exemple 2 5 %Composition No. 2 of Example 2 5%
Lauryl sulfate de sodium polyoxyéthylène 10 %Polyoxyethylene 10% sodium lauryl sulphate
Chlorure de sodium 3 %Sodium chloride 3%
Acrylate de sodium 0,2 %0.2% sodium acrylate
Ethanol 3 %Ethanol 3%
Parfums qsPerfumes qs
Colorants qsDyes qs
Eau qsp 100 % EXEMPLE 25 : Composition de savon liquide à partir d'une composition selon l'invention :Water qs 100% EXAMPLE 25: Composition of liquid soap from a composition according to the invention
Composition n°5 de l'exemple 5 10 %Composition No. 5 of Example 5 10%
Composition n°7 de l'exemple 7 5 %Composition No. 7 of Example 7 5%
Cocoyl isothionate de sodium 5 %Sodium cocoyl isothionate 5%
Chlorure de sodium 3 %Sodium chloride 3%
E.D.T.A 0,3 %E.D.T.A 0.3%
Cocoamidodiéthanolamide 5 %Cocoamidodiethanolamide 5%
Parfums qsPerfumes qs
Eau qsp lOO %Water qs 100%
EXEMPLE 26 : Composition d'un bain moussant à partir d'une composition selon l'invention :EXAMPLE 26 Composition of a Foaming Bath from a Composition According to the Invention
Composition n°2 de l'exemple 2 15 %Composition No. 2 of Example 2 15%
Cocoyl monoéthanolamide 5 %Cocoyl monoethanolamide 5%
Triéthyléne glycol • 2 %Triethylene glycol • 2%
Huile d'amande douce 6 %Sweet almond oil 6%
Laurate de sorbitan éthoxylé 2 %2% ethoxylated sorbitan laurate
Dioléate de propylène glycol éthoxylé 2 %Ethoxylated propylene glycol dioleate 2%
Lauryl myristyl à 30 E 2 %Lauryl myristyl at 30 E 2%
E.D.T.A 0,3 %E.D.T.A 0.3%
Chlorure de sodium 2 %Sodium chloride 2%
Acrylate d'oléyle 1 %Oleyl acrylate 1%
Hexadécanol 1 %Hexadecanol 1%
Parfums qsPerfumes qs
Eau qsp lOO % Water qs 100%

Claims

REVENDICATIONS
1. Composition tensioactives comprenant : i) de 70 à 99 % en poids de la composition d'au moins un glycoside d'alkyle de formule (1)A surfactant composition comprising: i) from 70 to 99% by weight of the composition of at least one alkyl glycoside of formula (1)
R10(Gl)a(G2)b(G3)c(G4)d(G5)e (1) dans laquelle :R10 (Gl) a (G2) b (G3) c (G4) d (G5) e (1) wherein:
• Rl est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 1 à 36 atomes de carbone, de préférence ayant de 4 à 22 atomes de carboneR1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms, preferably having from 4 to 22 carbon atoms;
• Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 sont indépendamment les uns des autres, les restes d'un ose choisi parmi les hexoses, l'arabinose et le xylose• G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose chosen from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
• a, b, c, d et e étant égaux à 0 ou à 1, la somme de a, b, c, d et e étant au moins égale à 1 ii) de 1 à 30 % en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formule (2) ou un de ses sels,Where a, b, c, d and e are equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1 ii) from 1 to 30% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
H-(X-CHR2-CO)n-O-R3 (2) dans laquelle :H- (X-CHR2-CO) n-O-R3 (2) in which:
• lorsque X = NH, alors R2 est un radical choisi parmi : -CH3, -(CH2)3-NH- C(NH)-NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH, -(CH2)2-CO- NH2, -(CH2)2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2-(C3H3N2), -CH(CH3)-CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH(CH3)-CH3, -(CH2)4-NH2, -(CH2)2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, - CH(OH)-CH3, -CH2-(C8H6N), -CH2-(C6H4)-OH, -CH(CH3)-CH3When X = NH, then R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
• et lorsque X = N, alors R2 est le radical cyclique suivant : -(CH2)2-Y- , Y représentant un groupement méthylène -CH2- relié à XAnd when X = N, then R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
• R3, étant éventuellement identique à Rl, est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 1 à 36 atomes de carbone, de préférence ayant de 4 à 22 atomes de carboneR3, being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms, preferably having from 4 to 22 carbon atoms;
• n étant un nombre entier supérieure ou égale à 1 ; et lorsque n est supérieur à 1, alors R2 représente plusieurs radicaux tels que définis ci-dessus identiques ou différents les uns des autres. Where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other.
2. Composition selon la revendication 1, caractérisée en ce que le glycoside d'alkyle de formule (1), est un pentoside d'alkyle.2. Composition according to claim 1, characterized in that the alkyl glycoside of formula (1) is an alkyl pentoside.
3. Composition selon l'une quelconque des revendications 1 et 2, caractérisée en ce que le glycoside d'alkyle de formule (1), est un xyloside d'alkyle, un arabinoside d'alkyle ou leur mélange.3. Composition according to any one of claims 1 and 2, characterized in that the alkyl glycoside of formula (1) is an alkyl xyloside, a arabinoside alkyl or a mixture thereof.
4. Composition selon l'une quelconque des revendications 1 à 3, caractérisée en ce qu'elle comprend un glycoside d'alkyle de formule (1) sous la forme de mélange d'hexosides d'alkyle et de pentosides d'alkyle.4. Composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that it comprises an alkyl glycoside of formula (1) in the form of mixture of alkyl and alkyl hexosides pentosides.
5. Composition selon l'une quelconque des revendications 1 à 4, caractérisée en ce que les glycosides d'alkyle de formule (1), sont dérivés de produits ou co-produits agricoles ou sont dérivés de sirops de sucres obtenus par hydrolyse de co-produits d'origine végétale riches en amidon et ou en hémicelluloses.5. Composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that the alkyl glycosides of formula (1), are derived from agricultural products or co-products or are derived from sugar syrups obtained by hydrolysis of co -products of plant origin rich in starch and or hemicellulose.
6. Procédé de préparation de compositions tensioactives selon l'une quelconque des revendications 1 à 5 caractérisé en ce qu'il consiste à mettre un ou plusieurs matériaux végétaux ligno-cellulosiques constituant l'essentiel des plantes annuelles ou pérennes et comportant au moins de l'amidon et / ou des hémicelluloses et au moins une protéine ou un peptide, en contact avec au moins un alcool ayant de 1 à 36 atomes de carbone en présence d'un catalyseur acide entre 20 et 2000C, de préférence entre 70 et 150°C, pendant au moins 5 secondes pour obtenir une composition selon l'invention.6. Process for the preparation of surfactant compositions according to any one of claims 1 to 5 characterized in that it consists in putting one or more lignocellulosic plant materials constituting most of the annual or perennial plants and comprising at least 1 starch and / or hemicelluloses and at least one protein or peptide, in contact with at least one alcohol having 1 to 36 carbon atoms in the presence of an acid catalyst between 20 and 200 0 C, preferably between 70 and 150 ° C, for at least 5 seconds to obtain a composition according to the invention.
7. Procédé selon la revendication 6, caractérisé en ce que l'on neutralise et l'on élimine l'alcool n'ayant pas réagi de la composition tensioactive.7. Process according to claim 6, characterized in that the unreacted alcohol is neutralized and removed from the surfactant composition.
8. Procédé selon l'une quelconque des revendications 6 et 7, caractérisé en ce que l'on débarrasse la composition d'un marc solide.8. Method according to any one of claims 6 and 7, characterized in that the composition is freed from a solid marc.
9. Procédé selon l'une quelconque des revendications 6 à 8, caractérisé en ce que le ou les matériaux végétaux lignocellulosiques, sont choisis parmi les plantes annuelles ou pérennes telles que le maïs, le sorgho, l'orge, le blé, le chanvre, le lin, la canne à sucre, les bambous, les bois feuillus, les bois résineux et peuvent désigner des parties de plantes annuelles ou pérennes comme les tiges ou écorces ou alors désignent des coproduits de filières industrielles de production à finalité alimentaire comme la paille de blé, de riz ou d'orge, la bagasse de canne à sucre ou de sorgho sucrier, ou9. Process according to any one of Claims 6 to 8, characterized in that the lignocellulosic plant material or materials are chosen from annual or perennial plants such as maize, sorghum, barley, wheat and hemp. , flax, sugarcane, bamboos, hardwoods, softwoods and may designate parts of annual or perennial plants, such as stems or bark, or they refer to co-products of food production industries such as wheat, rice or barley straw, sugar cane bagasse or sugar sorghum, or
10. Procédé selon l'une quelconque des revendications 6 à 9 caractérisé en ce que le ou les alcools utilisés sont choisis parmi les alcools ayant comme radicaux alkyls les radicaux méthyl, éthyl, butyl, octyl ainsi que les radicaux provenant des alcools ou acides caprique, laurique, myristique, palmitique, stéarique, oléique et érucique et plus généralement les radicaux issus d'acides d'origine végétale ou d'alcools synthétisés par hydrogénation des acides gras ou esters d'acides gras d'origine végétale, les radicaux alkyls provenant d'alcools d'origine terpéniques ou d'alcools techniques issus de l'hydrogénation d'aldéhydes d'origine pétrochimique.10. Process according to any one of claims 6 to 9 characterized in that the alcohol or alcohols used are chosen from alcohols having, as alkyl radicals, methyl, ethyl, butyl and octyl radicals, as well as radicals originating from alcohols or capric acids. , lauric, myristic, palmitic, stearic, oleic and erucic and more generally the radicals derived from acids of plant origin or alcohols synthesized by hydrogenation of fatty acids or esters of fatty acids of plant origin, the alkyl radicals originating from of alcohols of terpene origin or technical alcohols derived from the hydrogenation of aldehydes of petrochemical origin.
11. Procédé selon l'une quelconque des revendications 6 à 10 caractérisé en ce que le catalyseur acide est composé d'au moins un acide choisi parmi les acides chlorhydrique, bromhydrique, sulfurique, phosphorique, les acides sulfoniques tels que les acides benzènesulfonique, paratoluènesulfonique, camphresulfonique, Tacide alkylbenzène sulfonique, sulfosuccinique ou un sulfosuccinate d'alkyle tel que le sulfosuccinate de décyle ou de lauryle, les acides perhalohydriques, tels que l'acide perchlorique, la forme acide de tensioactifs anioniques tels que les alkyléther sulfates comme le lauryléthersulfate également connu sous le sigle LES, le dodecyle sulfate de sodium également connu sous le sigle SDS ou les esters sulfuriques ou phosphoriques d'alcools.11. Process according to any one of Claims 6 to 10, characterized in that the acidic catalyst is composed of at least one acid chosen from hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric and phosphoric acids, and sulphonic acids such as benzenesulphonic and para-toluenesulphonic acids. , camphorsulfonic acid, alkylbenzene sulphonic acid, sulphosuccinic acid or an alkyl sulphosuccinate such as decyl or lauryl sulphosuccinate, perhalohydric acids, such as perchloric acid, the acid form of anionic surfactants such as alkyl ether sulphates, such as lauryl ether sulphate known as LES, sodium dodecyl sulfate also known as SDS or sulfuric or phosphoric esters of alcohols.
12. Procédé selon l'une quelconque des revendications 6 à 11 caractérisé en ce que la mise en contact s'effectue pendant 5 à 240 minutes dans un mélangeur.12. Method according to any one of claims 6 to 11 characterized in that the contacting is carried out for 5 to 240 minutes in a mixer.
13. Procédé selon l'une quelconque des revendications 6 à 12 caractérisé en ce que l'on opère à pression atmosphérique, sous vide partiel ou alors dans un réacteur sous pression de 2 à 100 bars.13. Method according to any one of claims 6 to 12 characterized in that one operates at atmospheric pressure, under partial vacuum or in a reactor pressure of 2 to 100 bar.
14. Procédé selon l'une quelconque des revendications 6 à 13 caractérisé en ce que l'on effectue la réaction en absence totale de solvant. 14. Process according to any one of Claims 6 to 13, characterized in that the reaction is carried out in the total absence of a solvent.
15. Procédé selon l'une quelconque des revendications 6 à 14 caractérisé en ce que la neutralisation s'effectue à l'aide d'au moins une base choisie parmi un hydrogénocarbonate ou un carbonate de métal alcalin ou alcalino-terreux, notamment l'hydrogénocarbonate de sodium, un hydroxyde de métal alcalin ou alcalino-terreux, notamment la soude, ou par une base organique telle que la triéthanolamine.15. Process according to any one of Claims 6 to 14, characterized in that the neutralization is carried out using at least one base chosen from an alkali metal or alkaline earth metal hydrogencarbonate or carbonate, in particular sodium hydrogencarbonate, an alkali or alkaline earth metal hydroxide, especially sodium hydroxide, or an organic base such as triethanolamine.
16. Solution caractérisée en ce qu'elle comprend : i) de 30 à 95% en poids de la composition de solvant, ii) de 4 à 69,3% en poids de la composition d'au moins un glycoside d'alkyle de formule (1)16. A solution characterized in that it comprises: i) from 30 to 95% by weight of the solvent composition, ii) from 4 to 69.3% by weight of the composition of at least one alkyl glycoside of Formula 1)
R10(Gl)a(G2)b(G3)c(G4)d(G5)e (1) dans laquelle :R10 (Gl) a (G2) b (G3) c (G4) d (G5) e (1) wherein:
• Rl est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 1 à 36 atomes de carbone, de préférence ayant de 4 à 22 atomes de carboneR1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon-based radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms, preferably having from 4 to 22 carbon atoms;
• Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 sont indépendamment les uns des autres, les restes d'un ose choisi parmi les hexoses, l'arabinose et le xylose• G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose chosen from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
• a, b, c, d et e étant égaux à 0 ou à 1, la somme de a, b, c, d et e étant au moins égale à 1 iii) de 0,05 à 14 % en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formule (2) ou un de ses sels,A, b, c, d and e being equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1 iii) of 0.05 to 14% by weight of the composition at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
H-(X-CHR2-CO)n-O-R3 (2) dans laquelle :H- (X-CHR2-CO) n-O-R3 (2) in which:
• lorsque X = NH, alors R2 est un radical choisi parmi : -CH3, -(CH2)3-NH- C(NH)-NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH, -(CH2)2-CO- NH2, -(CH2)2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2-(C3H3N2), -CH(CH3)-CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH(CH3)-CH3, -(CH2)4-NH2, -(CH2)2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, - CH(OH)-CH3, -CH2-(C8H6N), -CH2-(C6H4)-OH, -CH(CH3)-CH3When X = NH, then R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
• et lorsque X = N, alors R2 est le radical cyclique suivant : -(CH2)2-Y- , Y représentant un groupement méthylène -CH2- relié à XAnd when X = N, then R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
• R3, étant éventuellement identique à Rl, est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 1 à 36 atomes de carbone, de préférence ayant de 4 à 22 atomes de carboneR3, being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 unsaturations ethylenic, having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms, preferably having from 4 to 22 carbon atoms
• n étant un nombre entier supérieure ou égale à 1 ; et lorsque n est supérieur à 1, alors R2 représente plusieurs radicaux tels que définis ci-dessus identiques ou différents les uns des autres.Where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other.
17. Composition selon l'une quelconque des revendications 1 à 5 caractérisée en ce qu'elle comprend : i) de 80 à 99 % en poids de la composition d'un mélange de composés de formule17. Composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5 characterized in that it comprises: i) from 80 to 99% by weight of the composition of a mixture of compounds of formula
(1)(1)
R10(Gl)a(G2)b(G3)c(G4)d(G5)e (1) dans laquelle :R10 (Gl) a (G2) b (G3) c (G4) d (G5) e (1) wherein:
• Rl est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 5 à 22 atomes de carbone,R 1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 5 to 22 carbon atoms,
• Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 sont indépendamment les uns des autres, les restes d'un ose choisi parmi les hexoses, l'arabinose et le xylose• G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose chosen from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
• a, b, c, d et e étant égaux à 0 ou à 1, la somme de a, b, c, d et e étant au moins égale à 1 les arabinosides et xylosides d'alkyle représentant au moins 30% en poids de l'ensemble des composés de formule (1). ii) de 1 à 20% en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formule (2) ou un de ses sels,A, b, c, d and e being equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1 arabinosides and alkyl xylosides representing at least 30% by weight of all the compounds of formula (1). ii) from 1 to 20% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
H-(X-CHR2-CO)n-O-R3 (2) dans laquelle :H- (X-CHR2-CO) n-O-R3 (2) in which:
• lorsque X = NH, alors R2 est un radical choisi parmi : -CH3, -(CH2)3-NH- C(NH)-NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH, -(CH2)2-CO- NH2, -(CH2)2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2-(C3H3N2), -CH(CH3)-CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH(CH3)-CH3, -(CH2)4-NH2, -(CH2)2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, - CH(OH)-CH3, -CH2-(C8H6N), -CH2-(C6H4)-OH, -CH(CH3)-CH3When X = NH, then R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
• et lorsque X = N, alors R2 est le radical cyclique suivant : -(CH2)2-Y- , Y représentant un groupement méthylène -CH2- relié à X • R3, étant éventuellement identique à Rl, est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 5 à 22 atomes de carbone,And when X = N, then R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X R3, being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 5 to 22 carbon atoms,
• n étant un nombre entier supérieure ou égale à 1 ; et lorsque n est supérieur à 1, alors R2 représente plusieurs radicaux tels que définis ci-dessus identiques ou différents les uns des autres. et en ce qu'elle a une CMC inférieure à 800 mg/1, une C20 inférieure à 100 mg/1 et un pouvoir mouillant selon la norme NF T 73406 inférieur à 100 secondes.Where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other. and in that it has a CMC of less than 800 mg / l, a C20 of less than 100 mg / l and a wetting power according to the NF T 73406 standard of less than 100 seconds.
18. Composition selon l'une quelconque des revendications 1 à 5, caractérisée en ce qu'elle comprend : i) de 80 à 99 % en poids de la composition d'un mélange de composés de formule18. Composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that it comprises: i) from 80 to 99% by weight of the composition of a mixture of compounds of formula
(1)(1)
R10(Gl)a(G2)b(G3)c(G4)d(G5)e (1) dans laquelle :R10 (Gl) a (G2) b (G3) c (G4) d (G5) e (1) wherein:
• Rl est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 5 à 22 atomes de carbone,R 1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 5 to 22 carbon atoms,
• Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 sont indépendamment les uns des autres, des restes d'un ose choisi parmi les hexoses l'arabinose et le xylose• Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose chosen from hexoses arabinose and xylose
• a, b, c, d et e étant égaux à 0 ou à 1, la somme de a, b, c, d et e étant au moins égale à 1 les hexosides d'alkyle représentant alors moins de 90% en poids de l'ensemble des composés de formule (1). ii) de 1 à 20% en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formule (2) ou un de ses sels,A, b, c, d and e being equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1, the alkyl hexosides then representing less than 90% by weight of all of the compounds of formula (1). ii) from 1 to 20% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
H-(X-CHR2-CO)n-O-R3 (2) dans laquelle :H- (X-CHR2-CO) n-O-R3 (2) in which:
• lorsque X = NH, alors R2 est un radical choisi parmi : -CH3, -(CH2)3-NH- C(NH)-NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH, -(CH2)2-CO- NH2, -(CH2)2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2-(C3H3N2), -CH(CH3)-CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH(CH3)-CH3, -(CH2)4-NH2, -(CH2)2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, - CH(OH)-CH3, -CH2-(C8H6N), -CH2-(C6H4)-OH, -CH(CH3)-CH3 • et lorsque X = N, alors R2 est le radical cyclique suivant : -(CH2)2-Y- , Y représentant un groupement méthylène -CH2- relié à XWhen X = NH, then R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3 And when X = N, then R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
• R3, étant éventuellement identique à Rl, est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 5 à 22 atomes de carbone,R3, being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 5 to 22 carbon atoms,
• n étant un nombre entier supérieure ou égale à 1 ; et lorsque n est supérieur à 1, alors R2 représente plusieurs radicaux tels que définis ci-dessus identiques ou différents les uns des autres. et en ce qu'elle présente un volume de mousse supérieur à 200 ml et une stabilité de la mousse à 20 minutes d'au moins 70% selon le test Ross Miles de la norme NF-T-73-404 réalisé à 50°C, avec une solution d'eau déminéralisée comprenant 0,1% en poids de composition.Where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other. and in that it has a foam volume greater than 200 ml and a stability of the foam at 20 minutes of at least 70% according to the Ross Miles test of the standard NF-T-73-404 carried out at 50 ° C. with a demineralized water solution comprising 0.1% by weight of composition.
19. Composition selon l'une quelconque des revendications 1 à 5, caractérisée en ce qu'elle comprend : i) de 80 à 99 % en poids de la composition d'un mélange de composés de formule19. Composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that it comprises: i) from 80 to 99% by weight of the composition of a mixture of compounds of formula
(1)(1)
R10(Gl)a(G2)b(G3)c(G4)d(G5)e (1) dans laquelle :R10 (Gl) a (G2) b (G3) c (G4) d (G5) e (1) wherein:
• Rl est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 2 à 10 atomes de carbone,R1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms,
• Tout particulièrement, on préférera Rl étant de préférence le radical éthyl, propyl, butyl, 2 ou 3 méthyl-butyl, 2 éthyl-hexylIn particular, it is preferred that Rl be preferably ethyl, propyl, butyl, 2 or 3 methyl-butyl, 2-ethylhexyl
• Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 sont indépendamment les uns des autres, des restes d'un ose choisi parmi les hexoses, l'arabinose et le xylose• G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose selected from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
• a, b, c, d et e étant égaux à 0 ou à 1, la somme de a, b, c, d et e étant au moins égale à 1 les arabinosides et xylosides d'alkyle représentant alors au moins 65% en poids de l'ensemble des composés de formule (1). ii) de 1 à 20% en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formule (2) ou un de ses sels,A, b, c, d and e being equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1 arabinosides and alkyl xylosides then representing at least 65% by weight of all the compounds of formula (1). ii) from 1 to 20% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
H-(X-CHR2-CO)n-O-R3 (2) dans laquelle : • lorsque X = NH, alors R2 est un radical choisi parmi : -CH3, -(CH2)3-NH- C(NH)-NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH, -(CH2)2-CO- NH2, -(CH2)2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2-(C3H3N2), -CH(CH3)-CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH(CH3)-CH3, -(CH2)4-NH2, -(CH2)2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-0H, - CH(0H)-CH3, -CH2-(C8H6N), -CH2-(C6H4)-OH, -CH(CH3)-CH3H- (X-CHR2-CO) nO-R3 (2) in which: When X = NH, then R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
• et lorsque X = N, alors R2 est le radical cyclique suivant : -(CH2)2-Y- , Y représentant un groupement méthylène -CH2- relié à XAnd when X = N, then R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
• R3, étant éventuellement identique à Rl, est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 2 à 10 atomes de carbone,R3, being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms,
• Tout particulièrement, on préférera R3 correspondant au reste alkyl de l'éthanol, du propanol, du butanol, du 2 ou 3 méthyl butanol, du 2 éthyl- hexanolIn particular, R3 corresponding to the alkyl residue of ethanol, propanol, butanol, 2 or 3 methyl butanol, 2-ethylhexanol, is preferred.
• n étant un nombre entier supérieure ou égale à 1 ; et lorsque n est supérieur à 1, alors R2 représente plusieurs radicaux tels que définis ci-dessus identiques ou différents les uns des autres. et en ce qu'elle présente un volume de mousse inférieur à 50 ml et une stabilité de la mousse à 20 minutes inférieure à 10% selon le test Ross Miles de la norme NF-T-73-404 réalisé à 50°C avec une solution d'eau déminéralisée comprenant 0,1% en poids de composition.Where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other. and in that it has a foam volume of less than 50 ml and a stability of the foam at 20 minutes of less than 10% according to the Ross Miles test of standard NF-T-73-404 carried out at 50.degree. demineralized water solution comprising 0.1% by weight of composition.
20. Composition selon l'une quelconque des revendications 1 à 5, caractérisée en ce qu'elle comprend : i) de 80 à 99 % en poids de la composition d'un mélange de composés de formule20. Composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, characterized in that it comprises: i) from 80 to 99% by weight of the composition of a mixture of compounds of formula
(1)(1)
R10(Gl)a(G2)b(G3)c(G4)d(G5)e (1) dans laquelle :R10 (Gl) a (G2) b (G3) c (G4) d (G5) e (1) wherein:
• Rl est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 8 à 36 atomes de carbone,R 1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 8 to 36 carbon atoms,
• Tout particulièrement, on préférera Rl correspondant au radical dodécyl, tétradécyl, hexadécyl, octadécylIn particular, R 1 corresponding to the dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl and octadecyl radical is preferred.
• Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 sont indépendamment les uns des autres, des restes d'un ose choisi parmi les hexoses, l'arabinose et le xylose • a, b, c, d et e étant égaux à 0 ou à 1, la somme de a, b, c, d et e étant au moins égale à 1 les arabinosides et xylosides d'alkyle représentant alors au moins 25% en poids de l'ensemble des composés de formule (1). ii) de 1 à 20% en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formule (2) ou un de ses sels,• G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose selected from hexoses, arabinose and xylose A, b, c, d and e being equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1 arabinosides and alkyl xylosides then representing at least 25% by weight of all the compounds of formula (1). ii) from 1 to 20% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
H-(X-CHR2-CO)n-O-R3 (2) dans laquelle :H- (X-CHR2-CO) n-O-R3 (2) in which:
• lorsque X = NH, alors R2 est un radical choisi parmi : -CH3, -(CH2)3-NH- C(NH)-NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH, -(CH2)2-CO- NH2, -(CH2)2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2-(C3H3N2), -CH(CH3)-CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH(CH3)-CH3, -(CH2)4-NH2, -(CH2)2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, - CH(OH)-CH3, -CH2-(C8H6N), -CH2-(C6H4)-OH, -CH(CH3)-CH3When X = NH, then R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CH3, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
• et lorsque X = N, alors R2 est le radical cyclique suivant : -(CH2)2-Y- , Y représentant un groupement méthylène -CH2- relié à XAnd when X = N, then R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
• R3, étant éventuellement identique à Rl, est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 8 à 36 atomes de carbone,R3, being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 8 to 36 carbon atoms,
• R3 étant de préférence le radical dodécyl, tétradécyl, hexadécyl, octadécylR3 being preferably the dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl radical
• n étant un nombre entier supérieure ou égale à 1 ; et lorsque n est supérieur à 1, alors R2 représente plusieurs radicaux tels que définis ci-dessus identiques ou différents les uns des autres. et permettant la réalisation d'émulsions stables telles que décrites dans la norme NF T 73409.Where n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other. and allowing the production of stable emulsions as described in standard NF T 73409.
21. Composition auto-émulsionnable caractérisée en ce qu'elle comprend :21. Self-emulsifiable composition characterized in that it comprises:
i) de 4 à 58 % en poids de la composition d'un mélange de composés de formule (1) R10(Gl)a(G2)b(G3)c(G4)d(G5)e (1) dans laquelle :i) from 4 to 58% by weight of the composition of a mixture of compounds of formula (1) R10 (G1a) (G2) b (G3) c (G4) d (G5) e (1) in which:
• Rl est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 8 à 36 atomes de carbone, • Tout particulièrement, on préférera Rl correspondant au radical dodécyl, tétradécyl, hexadécyl, octadécylR 1 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 8 to 36 carbon atoms, In particular, R 1 corresponding to the dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl and octadecyl radical is preferred.
• Gl, G2, G3, G4, G5 sont indépendamment les uns des autres, des restes d'un ose choisi parmi les hexoses, l'arabinose et le xylose• G1, G2, G3, G4, G5 are independently of each other, the remains of an ose selected from hexoses, arabinose and xylose
• a, b, c, d et e étant égaux à 0 ou à 1, la somme de a, b, c, d et e étant au moins égale à 1 les arabinosides et xylosides d'alkyle représentant alors au moins 25% en poids de l'ensemble des composés de formule (1). ii) de 0,1 à 12% en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formule (2) ou un de ses sels,A, b, c, d and e being equal to 0 or 1, the sum of a, b, c, d and e being at least equal to 1 arabinosides and alkyl xylosides then representing at least 25% by weight of all the compounds of formula (1). ii) from 0.1 to 12% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula (2) or a salt thereof,
H-(X-CHR2-CO)n-O-R3 (2) dans laquelle :H- (X-CHR2-CO) n-O-R3 (2) in which:
• lorsque X = NH, alors R2 est un radical choisi parmi : -CH3, -(CH2)3-NH- C(NH)-NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH, -(CH2)2-CO- NH2, -(CH2)2-CO-OR3, H, -CH2-(C3H3N2), -CH(CH3)-CH2-CH3, -CH2- CH(CH3)-CH3, -(CH2)4-NH2, -(CH2)2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, - CH(OH)-CIB, -CH2-(C8H6N), -CH2-(C6H4)-OH, -CH(CH3)-CH3When X = NH, then R2 is a radical chosen from: -CH3, - (CH2) 3-NH- C (NH) -NH2, -CH2-CO-NH2, -CH2-CO-OR3, -CH2-SH - (CH 2) 2 -CO-NH 2, - (CH 2) 2 -CO-OR 3, H, -CH 2 - (C 3 H 3 N 2), -CH (CH 3) -CH 2 -CH 3, -CH 2 -CH (CH 3) -CH 3, - (CH2) 4-NH2, - (CH2) 2-S-CH3, -CH2-C6H5, -CH2-OH, -CH (OH) -CIB, -CH2- (C8H6N), -CH2- (C6H4) - OH, -CH (CH3) -CH3
• et lorsque X = N, alors R2 est le radical cyclique suivant : -(CH2)2-Y- , Y représentant un groupement méthylène -CH2- relié à XAnd when X = N, then R2 is the following cyclic radical: - (CH2) 2 -Y-, Y represents a methylene group -CH2- linked to X
• R3, étant éventuellement identique à Rl, est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 8 à 36 atomes de carbone,R3, being optionally identical to R1, is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 8 to 36 carbon atoms,
• Tout particulièrement, on préférera R3 correspondant au radical dodécyl, tétradécyl, héxadécayl, octadécylIn particular, R3 corresponding to the dodecyl, tetradecyl, hexadecayl, octadecyl radical is preferred.
• n étant un nombre entier supérieure ou égale à 1 ; et lorsque n est supérieur à 1, alors R2 représente plusieurs radicaux tels que définis ci-dessus identiques ou différents les uns des autres. iii) de 30 à 95,9% en poids de la composition d'au moins un composé de formuleWhere n is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and when n is greater than 1, then R2 represents several radicals as defined above identical or different from each other. iii) from 30 to 95.9% by weight of the composition of at least one compound of formula
(4)(4)
R4-OH (4) dans laquelle,R4-OH (4) wherein,
• R4 est un radical hydrocarboné, linéaire ou ramifié, saturé ou insaturé ayant de 1 à 4 insaturations éthyléniques, ayant de 1 à 36 atomes de carbone et plus particulièrement ayant de 8 à 20 atomes de carbone. R4 pourra être différent ou identique à Rl et R3.R4 is a linear or branched, saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical having from 1 to 4 ethylenic unsaturations, having from 1 to 36 carbon atoms and more particularly having from 8 to 20 carbon atoms. R4 may be different or identical to R1 and R3.
22. Produit détergent caractérisé en ce qu'il contient de 0,1 à 50% en poids d'une base détergente, et de 1 à 99,9% en poids de composition tensioactive selon l'une quelconque des revendications I à 5 et l7 à 21.22. Detergent product characterized in that it contains from 0.1 to 50% by weight of a detergent base, and from 1 to 99.9% by weight of surfactant composition according to any one of claims I to 5 and 17 to 21.
23. Produit cosmétique caractérisé en ce qu'il contient de 0,1 à 95% en poids d'une base cosmétique, et de 1 à 99,9% en poids de composition tensioactive selon l'une quelconque des revendications I à 5 et l7 à 21.23. Cosmetic product characterized in that it contains from 0.1 to 95% by weight of a cosmetic base, and from 1 to 99.9% by weight of surfactant composition according to any one of claims I to 5 and 17 to 21.
24. Produit agrochimique caractérisé en ce qu'il contient de 0,1% à 95% en poids d'une base agrochimique, et de 1 à 99,9% en poids de composition tensioactive selon l'une quelconque des revendications I à 5 et l7 à 21.24. agrochemical product characterized in that it contains from 0.1% to 95% by weight of an agrochemical base, and from 1 to 99.9% by weight of surfactant composition according to any one of claims I to 5; and 17 to 21.
25. Emulsion qui comprend en poids : a. de 0,1 à 20 % en poids par rapport au poids total d" emulsion, de composition selon l'une quelconque des revendications 1 à 5 et 17 à 21, et de préférence entre 1 et 10% b. de 0 à 95 % en poids par rapport au poids total d' emulsion, d'huile, et de préférence entre 0 et 50% c. de 0 à 50 % en poids par rapport au poids total d'émulsion, de substance active, et de préférence entre 0 et 20% d. et de l'eau en complément à 100%. 25. Emulsion which comprises by weight: a. from 0.1 to 20% by weight relative to total weight of "emulsion composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5 and 17 to 21, and preferably between 1 and 10% b. from 0 to 95% by weight relative to the total weight of emulsion, of oil, and preferably between 0 and 50% of 0 to 50% by weight relative to the total weight of emulsion, of active substance, and preferably between 0 and 50% by weight. and 20% d and water in addition to 100%.
PCT/FR2008/000315 2007-03-20 2008-03-11 Novel alkyl glycoside-based compositions, preparation method thereof and use of same as surfactants WO2008135646A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP08787775A EP2139594A1 (en) 2007-03-20 2008-03-11 Novel alkyl glycoside-based compositions, preparation method thereof and use of same as surfactants

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
FR0701995 2007-03-20
FR0701995A FR2913896B1 (en) 2007-03-20 2007-03-20 NOVEL ALKYL GLYCOSIDE COMPOSITIONS, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND USE AS SURFACTANTS

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008135646A1 true WO2008135646A1 (en) 2008-11-13

Family

ID=38663378

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/FR2008/000315 WO2008135646A1 (en) 2007-03-20 2008-03-11 Novel alkyl glycoside-based compositions, preparation method thereof and use of same as surfactants

Country Status (3)

Country Link
EP (1) EP2139594A1 (en)
FR (1) FR2913896B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2008135646A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2981568A1 (en) * 2011-10-20 2013-04-26 Lvmh Rech COSMETIC OR DERMATOLOGICAL COMPOSITION COMPRISING ALKYL POLYPENTOSIDE VESICLES AND PROCESS FOR PREPARING THE SAME
US8492445B2 (en) 2009-03-11 2013-07-23 Bioamber Sas Emulsifying compositions based on alkyl polyglycosides and esters
WO2018087105A1 (en) * 2016-11-08 2018-05-17 Basf Se Composition suitable as surfactant
CN111848704A (en) * 2019-04-24 2020-10-30 湘潭大学 1,2-cis alcohol ether xyloside surfactant and preparation method
EP3760648A1 (en) 2019-07-01 2021-01-06 Colas Biosourced oligomer from chitosan and use thereof as a cationic or non-ionic emulsifier of aqueous emulsion of bituminous or non-bituminous binders
WO2023244325A1 (en) * 2022-06-13 2023-12-21 Applechem Inc. Preparations comprising biodegradable polyalkoxylated polyols polyester
CN118146086A (en) * 2024-05-09 2024-06-07 山东小为生物科技有限公司 Method for purifying succinic acid from fermentation broth

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2928376B1 (en) * 2008-03-06 2011-05-20 Agro Ind Rech S Et Dev DETERGENT COMPOSITIONS BASED ON ALKYL POLYGLUCOSIDES
FR2959140A1 (en) * 2010-04-23 2011-10-28 Agro Ind Rech S Et Dev Ard FACILITATED PREPARATIONS OF VESICLES USING ALKYL POLY-PENTOSIDES AND USES THEREOF
FR2971511B1 (en) * 2011-02-16 2021-09-24 Colas Sa HYDROCARBON BINDER EMULSION CONSTITUTED OF A DISPERSION OF HYDROCARBON BINDER IN AN AQUEOUS PHASE, INCLUDING A BIO-TENSIOACTIVE COMPOSITION
FR3034422B1 (en) * 2015-04-03 2017-05-19 Agro Ind Rech Et Dev (Ard) IMPROVED PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF COMPOSITIONS BASED ON ALKYL POLYGLUCOSIDES FROM LIGNOCELLULOSIC BIOMASS
DE102015007403A1 (en) * 2015-06-08 2016-12-08 Sodasan Wasch- und Reinigungsmittel GmbH Phosphate and phosphonate-free machine dishwashing detergent
CN108685760A (en) * 2018-08-01 2018-10-23 湘南学院 A kind of composition for soap base product
ES2950905T3 (en) * 2019-02-22 2023-10-16 Basf Se Method for producing a viscose solution and a viscose solution thereby produced and a method for producing viscose fiber
CN110585990B (en) * 2019-08-20 2021-10-15 浙江工业大学 A kind of green composite emulsifier and preparation method thereof
CN113016453A (en) * 2021-03-03 2021-06-25 浙江东郁广陈果业有限公司 Apple nursery weeding method

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0414128A1 (en) * 1989-08-25 1991-02-27 Henkel KGaA Plaque inhibiting toothpaste
DE4302315A1 (en) * 1993-01-28 1994-08-04 Henkel Kgaa Surface active mixtures
EP0699472A1 (en) * 1994-08-30 1996-03-06 Agro Industrie Recherches Et Developpements (A.R.D.) Process for the production of surfactants from wheat by-products and their uses
WO1997029115A2 (en) * 1996-02-08 1997-08-14 Agro Industrie Recherches Et Developpements (A.R.D.) Method for preparing surface-active agents
DE19950497A1 (en) * 1999-10-20 2001-05-17 Cognis Deutschland Gmbh Cosmetic or pharmaceutical formulation, useful e.g. as shampoo, hair lotion, bubble, creme, gel, lotion, solution, emulsion, wax, stick, powder or salve, comprises alk(en)yl-oligoglycoside and aminodicarboxylic acid partial ester
WO2005121294A1 (en) * 2004-05-04 2005-12-22 Agro Industrie Recherches Et Developpements (A.R.D.) Novel family of alkyl polyglycoside compositions and compounds derived from glycine betain, use as surfactant

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP0414128A1 (en) * 1989-08-25 1991-02-27 Henkel KGaA Plaque inhibiting toothpaste
DE4302315A1 (en) * 1993-01-28 1994-08-04 Henkel Kgaa Surface active mixtures
EP0699472A1 (en) * 1994-08-30 1996-03-06 Agro Industrie Recherches Et Developpements (A.R.D.) Process for the production of surfactants from wheat by-products and their uses
WO1997029115A2 (en) * 1996-02-08 1997-08-14 Agro Industrie Recherches Et Developpements (A.R.D.) Method for preparing surface-active agents
DE19950497A1 (en) * 1999-10-20 2001-05-17 Cognis Deutschland Gmbh Cosmetic or pharmaceutical formulation, useful e.g. as shampoo, hair lotion, bubble, creme, gel, lotion, solution, emulsion, wax, stick, powder or salve, comprises alk(en)yl-oligoglycoside and aminodicarboxylic acid partial ester
WO2005121294A1 (en) * 2004-05-04 2005-12-22 Agro Industrie Recherches Et Developpements (A.R.D.) Novel family of alkyl polyglycoside compositions and compounds derived from glycine betain, use as surfactant

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
INFANTE ET AL: "Non-conventional surfactants from amino acids and glycolipids: Structure, preparation and properties", COLLOIDS AND SURFACES. A, PHYSICACHEMICAL AND ENGINEERING ASPECTS, ELSEVIER, AMSTERDAM, NL, vol. 123-124, 15 May 1997 (1997-05-15), pages 49 - 70, XP005095618, ISSN: 0927-7757 *

Cited By (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8492445B2 (en) 2009-03-11 2013-07-23 Bioamber Sas Emulsifying compositions based on alkyl polyglycosides and esters
KR102063896B1 (en) * 2011-10-20 2020-01-08 엘브이엠에이취 러쉐르쉐 Cosmetic or dermatological composition comprising alkyl polypentoside vesicles, and method for preparing the same
WO2013057455A3 (en) * 2011-10-20 2013-12-27 Lvmh Recherche Cosmetic or dermatological composition comprising alkyl polypentoside vesicles, and method for preparing same
CN104114235A (en) * 2011-10-20 2014-10-22 Lvmh研究公司 Cosmetic or dermatological composition comprising alkyl polypentoside vesicles, and method for preparing same
FR2981568A1 (en) * 2011-10-20 2013-04-26 Lvmh Rech COSMETIC OR DERMATOLOGICAL COMPOSITION COMPRISING ALKYL POLYPENTOSIDE VESICLES AND PROCESS FOR PREPARING THE SAME
KR20150073878A (en) * 2011-10-20 2015-07-01 엘브이엠에이취 러쉐르쉐 Cosmetic or dermatological composition comprising alkyl polypentoside vesicles, and method for preparing the same
US9730880B2 (en) 2011-10-20 2017-08-15 Lvmh Recherche Cosmetic or dermatological composition comprising alkyl polypentoside vesicles, and method for preparing the same
JP2014530845A (en) * 2011-10-20 2014-11-20 エルブイエムエイチ レシェルシェ Cosmetic or dermatological composition containing alkylpolypentoside vesicle and method for preparing the same
CN104114235B (en) * 2011-10-20 2019-02-22 Lvmh研究公司 Cosmetic composition or dermatological compositions comprising alkyl poly-pentose glycosides vesica and preparation method thereof
JP2020500252A (en) * 2016-11-08 2020-01-09 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピアBasf Se Compositions suitable as surfactants
CN109863236A (en) * 2016-11-08 2019-06-07 巴斯夫欧洲公司 It is suitable as the composition of surfactant
WO2018087105A1 (en) * 2016-11-08 2018-05-17 Basf Se Composition suitable as surfactant
US11098269B2 (en) 2016-11-08 2021-08-24 Basf Se Composition suitable as surfactant
JP2022153389A (en) * 2016-11-08 2022-10-12 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピア Composition suitable as surfactant
CN111848704A (en) * 2019-04-24 2020-10-30 湘潭大学 1,2-cis alcohol ether xyloside surfactant and preparation method
EP3760648A1 (en) 2019-07-01 2021-01-06 Colas Biosourced oligomer from chitosan and use thereof as a cationic or non-ionic emulsifier of aqueous emulsion of bituminous or non-bituminous binders
FR3098218A1 (en) 2019-07-01 2021-01-08 Colas Bio-based oligomer derived from chitosan and its use as a cationic or nonionic emulsifier for an aqueous emulsion of bituminous or non-bituminous binders
WO2023244325A1 (en) * 2022-06-13 2023-12-21 Applechem Inc. Preparations comprising biodegradable polyalkoxylated polyols polyester
CN118146086A (en) * 2024-05-09 2024-06-07 山东小为生物科技有限公司 Method for purifying succinic acid from fermentation broth
CN118146086B (en) * 2024-05-09 2024-07-12 山东小为生物科技有限公司 Method for purifying succinic acid from fermentation broth

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2139594A1 (en) 2010-01-06
FR2913896A1 (en) 2008-09-26
FR2913896B1 (en) 2011-05-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2008135646A1 (en) Novel alkyl glycoside-based compositions, preparation method thereof and use of same as surfactants
EP0699472B1 (en) Process for the production of surfactants from wheat by-products and their uses
EP0768997B1 (en) Polyalkoxyl terpene derivatives and compositions containing same
EP1173273B1 (en) Novel stable water-in-oil emulsions containing an emulsifier based on oleyl- and/or isostearyl-glycoside
EP0485251B1 (en) Cosmetic, pharmaceutical or alimentary composition comprising a dispersion of lipid vesicles
WO2005121294A1 (en) Novel family of alkyl polyglycoside compositions and compounds derived from glycine betain, use as surfactant
EP1274826B1 (en) Method for producing non-ionic tenside granulates
DE19904513A1 (en) Detergent mixtures
EP0895805A1 (en) Emulsifying composition containing polyglycosides and fatty alcohol
EP2859075B1 (en) Biosolubilizer
FR2671088A1 (en) NOVEL COPOLYMERS BASED ON N-ALKYL ACRYLAMIDE, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR USE AS THICKENERS, ESPECIALLY IN SHAMPOO COMPOSITIONS.
FR3000669A1 (en) NEW OIL-IN-WATER EMULSIONS RICH IN SALTS, HIGH VISCOSITY AND STABLE DURING TIME
WO1996035663A1 (en) Oligomeric alkyl ether sulphates and use thereof in cleaning compositions
FR2795659A1 (en) MIXTURES OF HIGHLY CONCENTRATED FLUID ANIONIC SURFACTANTS
EP0609391A1 (en) Novel alkylpolyosides, compositions containing same, process for their preparation and applications as surface agents
EP1211258B1 (en) Process for preparing solubilizing adjuvants from fusel oils and oses
FR2774694A1 (en) USE OF COPOLYMERS BASED ON UNSATURATED ACIDS OR DERIVATIVES THEREOF AS FOAMENING AGENTS
DE19852973C1 (en) Production of low-viscosity aqueous detergent preparations
WO2012127129A1 (en) Novel polyester oligomer compositions and use as surfactants
WO2023052616A1 (en) Sugar amides and mixtures thereof
FR2732689A1 (en) PROCESS FOR THE PURIFICATION OF AMPHOTERIAL SURFACTANTS BY ELECTRODIALYSIS
DE19851452A1 (en) Use of betaine nests as microbicidal active ingredients
FR3068043A1 (en) NOVEL SURFACE MIXTURE, NOVEL COMPOSITION COMPRISING THE SAME AND ITS USE IN COSMETICS
WO2012103156A1 (en) Surfactants
WO1995032942A1 (en) Novel polyglycerolated amidoamines

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 08787775

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2008787775

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008787775

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

点击 这是indexloc提供的php浏览器服务,不要输入任何密码和下载